TENDER DOCUMENT

FOR
VARIOUS WORK AT
ST. STEPHEN’S COLLEGE, DELHI

Ranjit P. John (Architect)

126, Hill Top Farm,
Andheria Modh, Mehrauli,
New Delhi: 110030.
Phone: +91-9868155711, +91- 9810048703.

ISSUED TO:

Page1
CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TENDER IN TWO SEALED ENVELOPE. FIRST ENVOLOPE SHALL
CONTAIN BANK DRAFT OR PAY ORDER FOR EMD. SECOND ENVELOPE SHALL CONTAIN
COPY OF PAN, GST NUMBER, ESI AND PF REGISTRATION AND COMPLETION PROGRAMME.
_______________________________________________________________

Page2
 SCHEDULE OF SALIENT FISCAL ASPECTS OF TENDER

SCOPE OF WORK: As per Conditions, Specifications and Bill of Quantities set forth in
the Tender Document and shall include the specifications, drawings
and sketches issued to you by the Employer/Architects during the
duration of the Project.
The quoted Rates hold firm for the entire works plus the period up
to the settlement of Final Bill.
Contractor to quote for as per the BOQ attached with the tender.
Costs quoted need to include all applicable taxes, levies and
duties on duty-paid basis and, except in case of increase /
change in any statutory levies, need to hold good for 6 months
from the date of Order.
DOCUMENTS TO BE  The tender documents and schedule of Quantities can be
SUBMITTED BY THE purchased on cash payment (Non-refundable) as per the cost
CONTRACTOR ALONG mentioned against each work, on any working day between 10 A.M.
WITH THE TENDER: to 5 P.M. starting from 09 October 2019 to 17 October 2019.
Note: Those who download the Tender document from the College
website should pay the amount in cash before or at the time of
Work Tender EMD submission of the sealed packet containing the Bid.
Fee  Proof of ESI & PF Documents
B-2 4000 100000  Company Profile with financial record of last three years
C-1 4000 100000  List of similar kind of works executed in last three years along
C-2 4000 100000 with Client’s reference and contact nos.
LC-1 & 1000 25000  Organisation Chart for the Project

LC-2  Original Tender Document filled-up, signed & stamped

Gym 1000 25000  Current works in hand.

Boundary 1000 25000  Resume of Proposed Project Team.

Wall  Earnest Money Deposit as mentioned against the work in the

RN-4 & 1000 25000 form of crossed demand draft in favour of “The Principal, St.
RS-1 Stephen’s College” payable at New Delhi.
 Tenders in sealed covers, with the name of the work written on
envelopes shall be submitted at the Estate Office, St. Stephen’s
College, Delhi – 110007 on or before 17 October 2019 by 5 pm.
Tenders received late shall not be considered.
COMPLETION DATE:  As mentioned in Scope of Tender (from the date of issue
of LOI /work order)
EARNEST MONEY DEPOSIT  Earnest Money Deposit as mentioned against the work in the
form of crossed demand draft in favour of “The Principal, St.
Stephen’s College” payable at New Delhi.
PAYMENT TERMS:  Payment Stages

1) 50 % of the bill will be paid on the submission of the bills

duly certified by the engineer at site on execution of work after
recommendation by the Architect.

2) Remainder of the sum shall be paid after scrutiny of the bill,

and certificate of payment issued by the Architect.
RETENTION CLAUSE: Retention money at the rate of 5% of the certified bill value
including cost of cement and reinforcement steel will be withheld
till Defect Liability Period.

Page3
FREIGHT & INSURANCE, All-inclusive prices to be quoted by the Contractor.
TAXES, LEVIES & DUTIES:
TDS, GST To be deducted on each invoice by the Employer as per applicable
rates or as per norms laid done by St. Stephen’s College.
PAN NO. All contractors will have to quote their PAN (Permanent Account
Number) on all the bills.
TENDER ITEMS Architect/Employer shall have the right to add / change / delete any
item to any extend.
Payment for Non-Tender Items shall be made on the basis of Clause
NON-TENDER ITEMS: 3.29 of the Special Conditions of Contract
PENALTY 1% of the contract amount per week of delay till the work is handed
over or till the penalty reaches maximum of 10% of the contract
value.
DEFECTS LIABILITY 12 months from certified date of successful completion of work.
PERIOD: As per Clause 2.22
SUBMISSION OF FINAL Contractor to submit final bill within 90 days from the certified date
BILL: of completion of the works along with ESI/PF details, supporting
documents (Measurement sheets, rate analysis for extra items)

In case the final bills are not submitted within 90 days of certified
date of completion of works, Employer/their authorized
representatives shall have the right to settle the contract at its
discretion.
PERIOD OF HONOURING  Net 30 days from receipt of certified running account bills by
CERTIFICATE: Architect with all supporting documents
INSURANCES TO BE  Workman Compensation Policy
SUBMITTED BY VENDOR  Contractor’s All Risk Policy including Third Party Liability.

CLIENT SUPPLIED  Not Applicable

MATERIAL
ROAD PERMIT Road Permits will not be provided by the Employer and the

Vendor shall need to make their own arrangements for
transportation, delivery of all material at site till commencement of
operations and till satisfactory completion of works.
PERFORMANCE  All works not carried out in accordance with the drawings,
specifications and instructions from the Architect/Employer or their
authorized representatives shall be removed and replaced by the
Contractor at his sole cost within agreed timeline.
PROTECTION OF  The Contractor is responsible for the safe keeping and
MATERIAL AT protection of the material at site and cleaning of the premises after
SITE/GENERAL SAFETY AT completion of work without any additional charges. The contractor
SITE should provide adequate fire extinguishers and other safety
equipments at site.

We agree to the terms incorporated in the above Appendix.

Signature of Contractor(s)

Date:
Page4
Table of Contents
NOTICE INVITING TENDER .......................................................................................... . 4
1.1 Scope of Tender................................................................................................... ...... 4
1.2 Earnest Money Deposit....................................................................................... ....... 4
1.3 Site Visit..................................................................................................................... 4
1.4 Tender Documents............................................................................................... ...... 5
1.5 Bill of Quantities................................................................................................... ..... 6
1.6 Tender Sum........................................................................................................... ..... 7
1.7 Tender Submission..................................................................................................... 7
1.8 Process for Notice of Award............................................................................... ....... 8
1.9 Notice of Award.............................................................................................. ........... 9
1.10 Signing of Contract Agreement.......................................................................... ....... 9
1.11 Delays in Commencement................................................................................ ......... 9
1.12 Period of Construction...................................................................................... ......... 10
DEFINITIONS SECTION.................................................................................................. 10
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT.......................................................... ....... 13
2.1 Preamble/Scope of Works.......................................................................................... 13
2.2 Contractor’s Obligations....................................................................................... ..... 13
2.3 Statutory Requirements, Notices, Fees and Charges.............................................. ... 15
2.4 Previous Work by Others................................................................................... ........ 16
2.5 Discrepancies in Drawings and Specifications.................................................... ...... 16
2.6 Materials and Workmanship................................................................................ ...... 16
2.7 Contractor’s Supervision...................................................................................... ..... 18
2.8 Access to the Site................................................................................................. ...... 19
2.9 Contractor’s Design/ Shop Drawings..................................................................... ... 20
2.10 Changes................................................................................................................ ...... 23
2.11 Security Deposit................................................................................................... ...... 24
2.12 Contract Sum.......................................................................................................... ... 24
2.13 Materials............................................................................................................. ....... 25
2.14 Materials to be supplied by the Employer............................................................. .... 27
2.15 General................................................................................................................. ...... 27
2.16 Stock of Materials Required................................................................................... ... 27
2.17 Property in Materials and Plant.................................................................................. 28
2.18 Indemnity and Set Off............................................................................................ .... 30
2.19 Commencement time and extension for delay......................................................... .. 31
2.20 Compensation for delay............................................................................................ . 32
2.21 Certificates of Substantial Completion and Final Completion.................................. 33
2.22 Defects Liability Period......................................................................................... .... 34
2.23 Liability for Defects or Imperfections and Rectification thereof............................... 34
2.24 Contractor’s Liability of Insurance....................................................................... ..... 35
2.25 Suspension of Work............................................................................................... .... 37
2.26 Cancellation of Contract in full or in part................................................................ .. 38
2.27 Termination of Contract for death........................................................................ ..... 39
2.28 Facilities to the Other Contractors............................................................................ . 40
2.29 Urgent works........................................................................................................... ... 40
2.30 Assignments or Sub-Contracting............................................................................. .. 40
2.31 Extension of Time................................................................................................. ..... 41
2.32 Publicity............................................................................................................... ...... 42
2.33 Antiquities............................................................................................................. ..... 42
2.34 Arbitration............................................................................................................ ...... 43

Page1
2.35 Applicable Law..................................................................................................... ..... 44
2.36 General Requirements.......................................................................................... ...... 44
2.37 Scope of the Works............................................................................................ ........ 44
2.38 Drawings and dimensionn.......................................................................................... 44
2.39 “As Built” Documents............................................................................................ ... 45
2.40 Site Logistics..................................................................................................... ......... 45
2.41 Contract Schedule................................................................................................ ...... 45
2.42 Permits................................................................................................................. ...... 46
2.43 Surveying................................................................................................................ ... 47
2.44 Inclement Weather................................................................................................ ..... 47
2.45 Plant and Labour.................................................................................................. ...... 47
2.46 Equipment Installation............................................................................................. .. 48
2.47 Equipment Protection................................................................................................. 48
2.48 Protection other than for Equipment.................................................................... ...... 48
2.49 Testing and Commissioning.................................................................................. .... 49
2.50 Lighting..................................................................................................................... . 49
2.51 Electric Power...................................................................................................... ...... 50
2.52 Water Supply........................................................................................................ ..... 50
2.53 Welfare Facilities..................................................................................................... .. 51
2.54 Accommodation, Materials and Storage............................................................... ..... 51
2.55 Removal of Rubbish............................................................................................ ...... 52
2.56 Security.................................................................................................................. .... 52
2.57 Co-ordination and Builder’s Work........................................................................ .... 52
SPECIAL CONDITIONS.................................................................................................. 53
3.1 Preamble................................................................................................................. ... 53
3.2 General Scope of Works...................................................................................... ...... 53
3.3 Order Precedence................................................................................................ ....... 53
3.4 Access.................................................................................................................... .... 53
3.5 Deviation Limits................................................................................................... ..... 54
3.6 Maintenance Liability............................................................................................. ... 54
3.7 Samples................................................................................................................ ...... 54
3.8 Contractor’s Labour............................................................................................ ....... 55
3.9 Engagement Apprentices...................................................................................... ..... 55
3.10 As-Built Drawings................................................................................................. .... 55
3.11 Method Statement................................................................................................ ...... 56
3.12 Contractor responsible for sufficiency of resources................................................. . 56
3.13 Temporary Works.................................................................................................... .. 56
3.14 Steel for Reinforcement............................................................................................. 57
3.15 Fire Precautions.................................................................................................... ..... 57
3.16 Use of Site............................................................................................................. ..... 57
3.17 Protection............................................................................................................ ....... 57
3.18 Cleaning of Works..................................................................................................... 58
3.19 Tender Programme..................................................................................................... 58
3.20 Working Programmes............................................................................................. ... 58
3.21 The Procurement Programme............................................................................ ........ 58
3.22 The Construction / Installation Programme.......................................................... ..... 59
3.23 The Overall Programme....................................................................................... ...... 60
3.24 Updating of Programmes....................................................................................... .... 60
3.25 Record Keeping..................................................................................................... .... 61
3.26 Handover From or to Other Trade Contactors....................................................... .... 61
3.27 Occupation in Part...................................................................................................... 61
3.28 Final Bill................................................................................................................... . 61

Page2
3.29 Extra Items............................................................................................................ ..... 61
3.30 Green Building Practices..................................................................................... 62
3.31 Base Rate for Cement and Steel.......................................................................... 63
PAYMENT CONDITIONS............................................................................................... ... 64
4.1 Contractors Remuneration........................................................................................ . 64
4.2 Rates in Bill of Quantities are to be inclusive............................................................ 64
4.3 Rates of Cover Labour, Materials, Equipment etc................................................. .... 64
4.4 Schedule of Rates to Cover Taxes and Duties...................................................... ..... 64
4.5 Records and Measurement.................................................................................... ..... 65
4.6 Method of Measurement....................................................................................... ..... 65
4.7 Interim Applications for Payment/Running Bill.................................................... .... 66
4.8 Retention Money.................................................................................................. ...... 67
4.9 Secured Advance against Materials...................................................................... ..... 68
4.10 No Interest on Delayed Payments due to Disputes etc.......................................... .... 68
4.11 Final Account Bill................................................................................................ ...... 68
4.12 Notice of Claims for Additional Payments............................................................ .... 68
4.13 Escalation............................................................................................................. ...... 69
4.14 Over Payment and Under Payment....................................................................... ..... 69
4.15 Mobilisation Advance........................................................................................... ..... 70
LABOUR LAWS/ HEALTH/ SAFETY/ LOGISTICS................................................. .. 71
5.1 Labour and Employment Laws............................................................................. ..... 71
5.2 Health and Sanitary Arrangements for Workers Employed by the Contractor....... .. 72
5.3 First Aid................................................................................................................ ..... 72
5.4 Drinking Water.................................................................................................... ...... 72
5.5 Washing and Bathing Place.................................................................................. ..... 72
5.6 Latrines and Urinals.............................................................................................. ..... 73
5.7 Disposal of Excreta.............................................................................................. ...... 73
5.8 Provision of Shelter.................................................................................................... 74
5.9 Crèches................................................................................................................ ....... 75
5.10 Safety................................................................................................................. ........ 75
5.11 Prohibition of Child Labour....................................................................................... 76

Page3
 NOTICE INVITING TENDER

1.1 Scope of Tender

1.1.1 Principal, St. Stephen’s College, Delhi invites sealed competitive unit rate tenders in the
prescribed format from the short-listed tenderers for the addition/alteration work and sanitary,
plumbing & electrical works of St. Stephen’s College, Delhi through Architect to be submitted
on or before 17 October 2019 by 5 pm. for the following work:
a) Name of the work Addition/Alteration for:
S. No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B-2, Staff C-1, Staff C-2, Staff LC-1 & LC-2, College Boundary RN-4 & RS-1,
Work Quarter Quarter Quarter Staff Quarters Gym Wall, Sport Class Rooms
Complex
A Tender Fee 4000 4000 4000 1000 1000 1000 1000
B EMD 100000 100000 100000 25000 25000 25000 25000
C Time of 40 Days 6 Months 6 Months 3 months 40 Days 40 Days 40 Days
Completion

b) Time of completion See Row No. C

c) Earnest Money See Row No. B

d) Tenders are invited from recognized experienced contractors. Each tenderer shall submit
with his tender list of building schemes of a like nature he has executed giving details of
their magnitude and cost and the time within which the works were completed.
1.1.2 The successful Tenderer will be expected to complete the works within the schedule as
specified in Tender.
1.1.3 Throughout this Tender Document, the terms “Tender” and “Bid” and their derivatives
“Tenderer/Bidder”, “Tendered/Bid”, “Tendering/Bidding” are synonymous.
1.1.4 The Tenderer’s attention is drawn to the terms and conditions of the Tender Document.
1.2 Earnest Money Deposit
1.2.1 Earnest Money Deposit as mentioned against the name of the work (see Row no. B) in
the form of crossed demand draft in favour of “The Principal, St. Stephen’s College
payable at New Delhi.
1.2.2 E.M.D of the unsuccessful tenders will be refunded without any interest within 120 days
from the date of submission of the tenders.
E.M.D may be forfeited:
i If bidder withdraws his bid during the period of validity specified.
ii If the successful bidder fails within the time limit to sign the contract document or
fails to furnish the required documents if any.

1.3 Site Visit

1.3.1 Tenderers are advised to visit the Site before Tendering to inspect and examine the Site
and its surroundings in order to acquaint themselves with the conditions affecting the
execution of the works. Tenderers shall obtain for themselves, at their own expense, all
Page4
 information that may be necessary for preparing the Tender and entering into a Contract
for the execution of the works.

1.3.2 Tenderers will be deemed to have made themselves familiar with all details of nature of
the ground, the form and nature of the Site, the means of access to the Site, impact of
surrounding buildings, roads, structures, services, restrictions imposed in respect of noise,
public safety and fire access, the correct dimension of the works facilities for obtaining
the special articles, etc and in general shall themselves obtain all necessary information as
to risks, contingencies, prevailing regulations, statutory controls, items to be supplied by
the Employer if any and other circumstances which may influence or affect their Tender.
No extra charge made in consequence of any misunderstanding or incorrect information
on any of these points, or on the grounds of insufficient description will be allowed.

1.3.3 Tenderers will also be deemed to have satisfied themselves as to the conditions affecting
the supply of labour and to have allowed for all payments, costs and expenses incurred in
providing and maintaining an adequate and effective labour force.

1.4 Tender Documents

1.4.1 The following documents included in the Tender shall be deemed to form and to be read
and to be construed as part of Tender Documents together with any and all amendments
thereof:

1: Notice Inviting Tender

2: General Conditions of Contract
3: Special Conditions of Contract
4: Technical Specifications
5: Bill of quantities
6: List of Approved Makes

1.4.2 Tenderers are expected to examine carefully the contents of the Tender Documents.
Tenderers shall check the number of the pages of all the documents and, should any page
be found missing or unclear, they must notify the Architect at once for clarification. No
liability for errors in the Tenders, resulting from failure to check the Tender Document,
will be accepted.

1.4.3 Should any clarifications or specifications be necessary during the Tender period, these
will be issued to the Tenderers and will form part of the Contract. Such instructions
received by the Tenderers shall be clearly identified by them as being received and shall
be noted in the appropriate place in the Tender Document.

1.4.4 The submission of the Tender will be conclusive evidence that the Tenderers have fully
and carefully read these Guidelines for Tenderer and all other documents and made
themselves aware of the scope, specifications, drawings, quality, schedule, conditions and
performance requirements, local conditions and other factors having a bearing on the
execution of the Works etc and the requirements of the Contract Documents. Failure to
comply with the requirements of the Tender submission will be at the Tenderers own
risk.

1.4.5 The Tenderer shall treat the details of the Contract Document as private and confidential.

Page5
1.4.6 The Tender will not be considered unless the document is completed as specified in
Clauses 1.7.1 and 1.7.9

1.4.7 In the event of Tenderers not submitting the Tender for the Works, the blank Tender
Documents together with its enclosures are to be returned immediately to The Architect.

1.4.8 The Tender submitted shall remain valid for acceptance for a period of 3 (three) months
from the last date of submission of the Tender.
1.4.9
(i) At any time prior to the deadline for the submission of Tender, the Architect
may, for any reasons, whether for its own reason or in response to a clarification
requested under Clause 1.8.2, modify the Tender Documents by issuing addenda.

(ii) Any addendum thus issued shall form a part of the Tender Documents pursuant to
Clause 1.7.7 and shall be communicated in writing to all Tenderers. Tenderers
shall acknowledge the receipt of such addendum in writing to the Architect.

1.5 Bill of Quantities

1.5.1 The Bill of Quantities accompanies this Tender. The Contract shall be for the works as
stated in Clause 1.1.1 based on the Bill of Quantities with rates as submitted by the
Tenderer. It shall be clearly understood that these are the estimated quantities only and
are not to be taken as actual and final quantities of the works, to be executed by the
Tenderer in their fulfilment of their obligation under the Contract. These quantities are
liable to alteration by omissions, deductions or additions at the discretion of St.
Stephen’s College as advised by the Architect, without affecting the terms and
conditions of the Contract.

1.5.2 The Tenderer shall fill in rates and amount for all items of the works described in the Bill
of Quantities. The Tenderers should quote in figures, as well as in words, the rate(s)
tendered by them in the “Rate” column legibly. The amount for each item should be
worked out and requisite totals given in figures. The final Tendered amount shall be
written both in figures and in words in such a way that that there is no ambiguity. It shall
be definitely understood that the Architect/Employer, do not accept any responsibility for
the correctness or completeness of the schedule in respect of items and quantities. The
schedule of quantities shall be considered to be approximate and no liability shall be
attached to the Employer for any error that may be discovered therein.

1.5.3 Provide the total amount on each page, duly carry it to the end of the section and fill in
the General Summary of the Bill of Quantities.

1.5.4 Unless the unit rate quoted is in whole rupees and followed by the word “only” it should
invariably be up to two decimal places. While quoting the rate in the Bill of quantities,
the word “only” should be written closely following the amount and it should not be
written in the next line.

1.5.5 The rates quoted by the Tenderers in figures and words for each BOQ items shall be
accurately filled in so that there is no discrepancy. However, if a discrepancy is found,
the unit rates given in words, as worked out by the Tenderer, shall be taken as correct. If
the amount of an item is not worked out by the Tenderer or if it does not correspond with
the unit rate written either in figures or in words, the rate quoted by the Tenderer in words
shall be taken as correct and the amount shall be adjusted accordingly. All corrections, if
Page6
 made, will be properly attested by the initials of the tenderer. Overwriting of words/
figures is not permitted. Tenders that propose any alteration in the works, specified, in the
said form of invitation to tender or in the time allowed for carrying out the work or which
contain any other conditions of any sort will be liable to rejection. Failure to comply with
these conditions, after opening of the Tender, shall make it null and void.

1.5.6 All rates shall be quoted only on the Tender form provided in the Bill of Quantities.

1.6 Tender Sum

1.6.1 Subject to the terms and conditions of the Contract, the Tender Sum shall be fully
inclusive of all expenses, profit and overheads of any nature, whatsoever connected with
the carrying out and completion of the Works in accordance with the contract.

1.6.2 All duties, taxes and any other levies applicable for this notified Project and for this
Contract, or for any other cause, as on the date of the submission of the Tender, shall be
included in the unit rate of each BOQ item. The rates and the total Tender Sum, as
submitted by the Tenderer, shall be considered for the purpose of evaluation and
comparison of the Tender by the Architect of St. Stephen’s College.

1.7 Tender Submission

1.7.1 Tender must be completed in full, signed and stamped on every page and returned within
the specified time period. The sealed Tenders with “Name of the Work Package”
tendered and “Name of the Tender” written on the outside of the envelope will be
received in the office of Principal, St. Stephen’s College as per Clause 1.7.2. Unsealed
Tenders shall be rejected.

1.7.2 Any tender received by St. Stephen’s College after the deadline for the submission of
tender as prescribed, will be rejected.

1.7.3 Each page of the Tender Documents is required to be signed and dated by the authorized
representative of the Tender submitting the Tender in respect of their having acquainted
themselves with the Special Conditions, General Conditions of Contract, Technical
Specifications and Bill of Quantities etc. Any Tender with any of the documents not so
signed will be liable for rejection.

1.7.4 If the Tender is submitted by a partnership firm, it shall be signed by all of the partners of
the firm or by a partner who has the necessary authority on behalf of the firm to enter into
the Contract and the Tender shall have attached such Power of Attorney. A copy of the
constitution of the partnership with the names of all partners shall be furnished.

1.7.5 If the Tender is submitted by or on behalf of a Company incorporated under the

Companies Act, it shall be signed by their Managing Director or one of the Directors duly
authorized on their behalf. Copies of the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the
Company and Power of Attorney in favour of authorized signatory shall also be provided.

1.7.6 The signature of the Tenderer should be attested by at least one witness. The witness
shall be a person of status and property. Their names, occupation and address should be
stated clearly below their signatures.

Page7
1.7.7 Addendum to this invitation to tender, if issued, must be signed and submitted with the
Tender Documents as part of the Tender Document. Tenderers should price the work
based on the revised quantities where amendments of quantities are issued in the
addenda.

1.7.8 The tender submission shall be complete with the following:

a. Earnest Money Deposit.

b. Tender duly completed and stamped, signed along with the complete tender
documents collected from the Architect including the Bill of Quantities thereof,
duly signed for acceptance of all terms and conditions and any addenda.

c. Any supplementary details required for the evaluation of the Tender such as
drawings, technical details etc.

1.7.9 Those Tenders which are not complete in every respect and are not in accordance with
Clause 1.7.8 will be liable to be rejected.

No alteration which is made by the tenderer in the notice of tender, instructions to the
contractor, the contract form, the conditions of contract, the drawings, specifications or
quantities accompanying the same shall be recognized and if any such alterations are
made or any special conditions attached, the tender is liable to be rejected.

Canvassing in connection with tenders is strictly prohibited and the tenders submitted by
the contractors who resort to canvassing will be liable to rejection.

1.8 Process for Notice of Award.

1.8.1 Tenders shall be deemed to be under consideration immediately after the opening of the
Tender and until such time that St. Stephen’s College advises the Tenderer that it has
accepted or rejected the Tender submitted by the Tenderer.

1.8.2 The Architect, if necessary will obtain clarification on the Tender by requesting such
information/clarification in writing as may be necessary. The response by the Tenderer
for this shall be in writing.

1.8.3 Subject to Clause 1.8.4, St. Stephen’s College shall issue the Notice of Award for the
Works to the Tenderer whose Tender has been determined to be competitive and
responsive to the tender documents. St. Stephen’s College is not bound to accept the
lowest tender. The award of the Tender will be communicated by the Employers
Representative in writing in the manner defined as Notice of Award.

1.8.4 St. Stephen’s College will be the judge in the matter of issuing the notice of Award of
the Contract and it’s decision shall be final and binding. Notwithstanding Clause 1.8.3,
St. Stephen’s College reserves the right to accept or reject any Tender or to annul the
Tender process and reject all tenders at any time prior to the issuing of the Notice of
Award without incurring any liability to the affected Tenderers. St. Stephen’s College
also reserves the right to split the Tender, if required, without assigning any reasons
whatsoever and without any compensation for the Tenderer.

1.8.5 The invitation to Tender shall form part of the Contract Document.
Page8
1.8.6 St. Stephen’s College shall not be responsible for, nor shall St. Stephen’s College
reimburse, any expense or loss which may be incurred by any Tenderer in the preparation
of the Tender.

1.8.7 Information relating to the examination, clarification, evaluation and comparison of

Tenders and the recommendations for the Notice of Award of a Contract shall not be
disclosed to Tenderers or any other persons not officially concerned with such process
until the notice of Award is issued. Any effort by a tenderer to influence St. Stephen’s
College for the processing of Tenders or Award decision will result in the rejection of the
Tenderers Tender.

1.8.8 Tenders shall remain open for acceptance for a period of ninety days from the date of
opening of the tenders.

1.8.9 The tenderer whose tender has been accepted shall, within four days of the intimation of
the acceptance of the tender, handover to the Architect and stamp paper of eight numbers
Rs.50/- Tenderers failure to furnish stamp paper within the time shall give right to the
Employer to revoke the acceptance of tender without any further notice to the tenderer.

1.9 Notice of Award (Work Order)

1.9.1 Prior to the expiry of the period of Tender validity as given in Clause 1.4.8, St.
Stephen’s College will notify the successful tenderer in the manner prescribed in Clause
1.8.3. The notice of Award shall name the sum which the Employer will pay the Tenderer
/ Contractor in consideration of the execution, completion and maintenance of the works
by the Contractor as prescribed by the Contract.

1.9.2 The Notice of Award will constitute the formation of the Contract Agreement between
the Contractor and St. Stephen’s College for the works as specified in the Tender
Documents.

1.10 Signing of Contract Agreement

1.10.1 The successful Tenderer shall start the other formalities of executing the Formal
Agreement duly signed and stamped as required. The same shall be submitted to the
Architect within 10 (Ten) days of receipt of the Notice of Award to enable the Architect
to process the Mobilisation Advance if any. In case of delay, the earnest money may be
forfeited and the tender cancelled.

1.11 Delays in Commencement

The contractor shall not be entitled to any compensation for any loss suffered by him on
account of delays in commencing or executing the work, whatever the cause for such
delays may be including delays in procuring Government Controlled or other materials. If
the contractor does not commence the work by the date mentioned in these documents,
the earnest money submitted by him shall be forfeited without any intimation to the
contractor and the work will be awarded to another tenderer.

1.12 Period of Construction

Time is the essence of the contract. The total work has to be complete in Nine months
time. Commencement of the work shall be considered from the 10th day on receipt of

Page9
 work order. The contractor shall draw a details schedule of programme within two weeks
of date of issue of work and submit to the Employer for their approval.

DEFINITIONS SECTION

Wherever used in these Contract Documents, the following words and expressions shall, unless the
context requires otherwise, have the meanings indicated which is applicable to both the singular and
plural thereof:

“Act of Insolvency” means any act of insolvency as defined by the Presidency Towns Insolvency Act
or the Provincial Insolvency Act or any amending statute.

“Addenda” means the written or graphic instrument issued prior to the opening of Tender which
clarifies, corrects or changes the Tendering requirements or the Contract Documents.

“Agreement” means the written Contract between the Employer and the Contractor covering the work
to be performed, and other Contract Documents attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as
provided therein.

“Application for Payment” means the forms issued by St. Stephen’s College which are to be used by
the Contractor in requesting progress and final payments and which are to be accompanied by such
supporting documentation as is required by the contract Documents.

“Approval” means approved in writing, including subsequent written confirmation of previous verbal
approvals and “Approved” means approval in writing including as aforesaid.

Change Order” is a written order executed by both parties which will consist of additions, deletions or
other revisions to the works and/or contract time and/or contract sum. A change order may be
accompanied by, and /or may identify, revised sketches, plans, specifications or other written
instructions which become and form part of the Contract Documents

“Construction Equipment” means all plant, facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus,
appliances or things of whatever nature required in, on or for the construction, completion or
maintenance of the Project (whether owned or hired by the Contractor) but not including materials.

“Contact Documents” means collectively the Tender Documents, Designs, Drawings, Specifications,
Bill of Quantities, Notice of Award and agreed variations, if any, and such other documents as the same
more specifically identified in the Agreement together with all written amendments, Change Orders,
Directives and Design Consultants interpretations and clarifications issued on or after the date of the
Agreement.

“Contract Sum” means the money payable by the Employer to the Contractor for completion of the
work in accordance with the Contract Document calculated at times of award of the contract as stated in
the Agreement. This is subject to such deductions and additions there from as may be made under the
provisions thereinafter contained.

“Contract Time” means the time frames, milestones and schedules established to achieve the
Certificate of Final Completion and the completion of the works and Project as a whole.

“Contractor” means the individual or firm or company, whether incorporated of not, with whom the
Employer has entered into a Contract who will undertake the Works and includes the Contractor’s legal
representative, successors and permitted assigns.
Page10
“Defects Liability Period” means the specified period of 12 (twelve) months from the date of the
certificate of Final Completion up to the date of issue of the Final certificate during which the
Contractor stands responsible for rectifying all defects that may appear in the Works executed by the
Contractor in pursuance of the Contract and includes warranties against manufacturing/fabrication
defects covering all materials, plants, equipment, components and the like supplied and installed by the
Contractor.

“Defective” in an adjective which when modifying the word work refers to Works that is
unsatisfactory, faulty or deficient in that it does not conform to the Contract documents or it does not
meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test or approval referred to in the Contract
Documents.
“Deficiency List” means a list of finish and repair items which do not materially adversely affect the
use and occupation of the relevant parts of the Project in which the said items are located and which, in
the opinion of the Architect, are capable of being made good within 90 (ninety) days of being identified.

“Employer” means St. Stephen’s College and the legal successors in title to the Employer who will
employ the Contractor or the Architect appointed by them or their representative.

“Drawings” means the drawings referred to in the contract Documents as Section3/1 for the
development, design and construction of the Project and any such modifications and/or additions of such
drawings approved in writing by the Architect and any further drawings as may from time to time be
furnished by the Architect.

“Excepted Risks” means the risks due to riots (otherwise than among Contractor’s employee) and civil
commotion (in so far as both of these were insurable), war (whether declared or not) invasion, act of
foreign enemies, hostilities, civil war, rebellion, resolution, insurrection, military or usurped power, any
act of Government, damage from aircraft, Acts of God such as earthquake, lightning, and unprecedented
flood and other causes over which the Contractor has no control.

“Final Certificate” means the certificate issued by the Architect for the satisfactory compliance of all
the provisions of the Contract by the Contractor and after the Defects Liability Period is over.

“Final Completion” means the work been completed including the works which are subject of a
Deficiency List, in the opinion of the Architect. Issue of the Certificate of “Final Completion” will start
the Defects Liability period for the Contractor.

“Legal Requirements” means all applicable laws, Act of Parliament, rules, decisions, regulations,
ordinances, codes and order coming from any and all Governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and
utility suppliers having jurisdiction.

“Materials” means all applicable laws, Acts of Parliament, rules, decision, regulations, ordinance,
codes and order coming from any and all Governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and utility
suppliers having jurisdiction.

“Milestone” means a principal event specified in the contract documents relating to an important
contractually binding date.

“Notice of Award” means the written notice from the Employer to the successful Tenderer stating that
upon compliance by the successful Tenderer with the conditions precedent enumerated therein, within
the time specified and within the Contract sum specified the Employer will sign and deliver the
Agreement, so that the Contractor can perform its obligation under the Contract Documents.

Page11
Notice in Writing Or written notice means a notice in writing, typed or printed character sent (unless
delivered personally or otherwise proved to have been received.) By registered post of the last known
private or business address or registered office of the addressee and shall be deemed to have been
received when in the ordinary course of post it would have been delivered.
Email communications shall also be considered as Notice in Writing, subject to the condition that after
acceptance of the email, the same will be submitted again as a written notice.

“Projects” means the total development and construction of the work to be provided under the Contract
Documents.

“Sample” means physical examples of materials, equipment or workmanship that are representative of
some portion of the work and which establish the standard by which such portion of the work will be
judged and accepted.

“Shop Drawings” means all drawings, designs thereof, diagrams, schedules, illustrations and other
dates or information specifically prepared for the Project by the Contractor or Sub-contractor,
manufacturer or supplier to illustrate some portion of the Project designed by the Design Consultant
from time to time.

“Specification” means those portions of the Contract Documents consisting of written technical
descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship as applied to the
Work and certain administrative details applicable thereto.

“Subcontractor” means the person or organisation holding a direct contract with the Contractor or an
authorized representative, including any trade contractor, labour contractor, consultant or sub-contractor
employed directly or indirectly by the Contractor, either to perform any of the Works at the site or to
supply any materials or equipment to be incorporated in or utilized in connection with the works.

“Substantial Completion” means that the Work (or specified part thereof) has progressed to a point, in
the opinion of the Architect, where a certificate of Substantial Completion can be issued as the Work (or
specified part thereof) is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the
work (or specified part thereof) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended. The Works that
are not then completed are properly the subject of a Deficiency List.

“Supplier” means a manufacturer, fabricator, supplier, distributor, material or vendor having a direct
contract with the Employer, Contractor or with any sub-contractor to furnish materials or equipment to
be incorporated into the Work by the Contractor or any of its Sub-contractor.

“Tender” means the proposal of the tenderer submitted on the described form setting forth the prices for
the Work to be performed.

“Urgent Works” shall mean any urgent measures which in the opinion of the Architect become
necessary during the progress of the Work to eliminate any risk of accident or failure or which becomes
necessary for security.

“Work(s)” means and includes all items and things to be supplied/ done and services and activities to be
executed by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract part(s) thereof, as the case may be and shall
include all extra or additional, altered or substituted work as required by the Contract.

Page12
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

2.1 Preamble/Scope of Works

This document for the Scope of Works sets out to assist the Tenderer in identifying the
extent of the work to be priced in the Bill of Quantities for this work package by
amplifying the details shown on the drawings and directing to the attention of the
Tenderer other items that are not necessarily described or indicated, and yet are required
for the full performance and completion of the Works. All items essential for the
completeness of the Works even if not specifically shown on the drawings or noted in the
specifications provided that the same shall be reasonably inferred from shall be furnished
and installed by the Contractor and included in this Tender. This is not intended to
exclude any other items that may be required by the Architect, or that may be required by
the Statutory Authorities or for good construction practice.

The quantities shown in the schedule are approximate. The Employer retains the right of
increasing/decreasing the magnitude of work, and tenderers have no right to claim any
extra compensation due to this.

The Employer reserves the right of altering the drawings, the nature of work, and of
adding to or omitting any items of work, or of having the same carried out departmentally
or otherwise. Such alterations or variations shall be carried out by the contractor without
prejudice to this contract. Any variation in the drawings and or specifications and any
extra items that are likely to come up during the execution of the work, the contractor
shall execute the same, and any rates that are due to the contractor because of the
variations shall be arrived at as per conditions laid hereinafter.

No part of the contract shall be sublet without the written permission of the
Architect/Employer nor shall transfer be made by power of attorney authorising others to
receive payment on behalf of the Contractor.

2.2 Contractor’s Obligations

2.2.1 The contractor will construct, complete and maintain the works as shown upon the
Drawings and described by or referred to in the Specifications in compliance with the
Contract Documents. The Contractor will deliver up the works to the Employer
completed in every respect. The Contractor will comply in all respects with the Contract
Documents. The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the
most substantial and proficient manner, strictly adhering to the materials, specifications,
and drawings. The Contractor shall also confirm exactly, fully and faithfully, to the
designs, drawings and instructions in writing relating to the work issued to them by the
Architect from time to time.

2..2.2 The Contactor shall be deemed to have full knowledge of the extent and nature of the
Works and shall be deemed to have allowed for all items of work shown upon, described
by or referred to or reasonably to be inferred from or within the “scope” of the Contract
Documents or which are normally provided by a Contractor exercising the standard of
skill and care described in Clause 2.2.6 in which are necessary to complete the works.
The Contractor represents and warrants to the Employer that:
Page13
  The Contractor has carefully examined the Contract Documents and the Contractor
fully understands the scope, intent and purpose of the Contract Documents.

 The Contractor has visited and examined the Site and has satisfied itself as to the
nature and location of the works, the general and local conditions and all matters
which may in any way affect the works.

2.2.3 The Contractor is deemed to have satisfied itself before tendering as to the correctness
and sufficiency of the Tender for the Works and of the rates quoted for in the Bill of
Quantities. These rates / prices shall cover all of its obligations and the maintenance of
the Works.

2.2.4 Without prejudice to any express or implied warranties or conditions, the Contractor shall
exercise, in the construction and completion of the Works, all the skills, care and
diligence to be expected of a properly qualified and competent specialist contractor
experienced in carrying out works of a similar scope, quantity, nature and size to the
Works.

2.2.5 If the Contractor shall find any ambiguity or discrepancy in the contract documents or in
any instruction issued by the Architect, it shall notify immediately the Architect in
writing accordingly. The Architect shall issue an instruction as to the manner in which
any ambiguity or discrepancy which may become apparent shall be resolved and the
Contractor shall forthwith comply with such instruction. If and insofar as such instruction
requires the Works to be changed, it shall be treated as an instruction under Clause 2.10

2.2.6 The Contract Documents shall be treated as being mutually explanatory of each other. In
case of any ambiguity or discrepancy in the Contract Documents, following will be the
order of precedence:

 Notice of Award
 Drawings
 Bill of Quantities
 Specifications
- Special
- General
 Conditions of Contract
_ General

_ Special

2.2.7 Notices, Instructions, Drawings and Certificates to the Contractor

2.2.8 All notices are to be given by the Architect unless otherwise provided in this Contract or
amended accordingly.

Page14
2.2.9 All notices, instructions and communications to be given under this Contract shall be
given in writing. All notices, if sent, shall be by registered post to the last known place of
abode or business of the Contractor, or through Email.
The contractor shall set out the works and shall be responsible for the true and perfect
setting out of the same and for the correctness of the positions, levels, dimension and
alignment of all part thereof. If at any time any error shall appear during progress of any
part of the work, the contractor shall at his own expense rectify such error, if called upon
to the satisfaction of the Architect.

2.2.10 all notices, instructions and communications shall be given to the authorized
representative of the Contractor and it shall be considered to have the same force as if
they had been given to the contractor itself. The Contractor’s authorized representative
or the Contractor shall be in attendance on the site during all working hours and shall
superintend the execution of the Works with such resources and assistance as the
Architect, considers necessary.

2.2.11 The Architect shall communicate and confirm its instructions to the Contractor in respect
of the execution of the Works by “Site Directives”. The contractor shall confirm receipt
of such instruction by signing the “Site Directives”

2.2.12 The Contractor shall comply with all written instruction issued to it by Architect in regard
to any matter relating to the Works. To revert back with a plan with specified time

The contractor shall fourth with comply with and duly execute any work comprised in
such Architect and Employers instruction provided always the verbal instructions,
directions and explanations given to the contractor or his representative upon the works
by the Architect or Employer shall If involving a variation be confirmed in written by the
contractor within seven days by the Employer, the same shall be deemed to be the
Architect or Employers instruction within the scope of the contract.

2.2.13 From time to time as it may be necessary the Architect without charge to the Contractor,
shall supply the Contractor with two copies of those documents and drawings as is
reasonably necessary to explain and amplify the Drawings and specifications.

2.2.14 Any certificate to be issued under this contract shall be signed by the Architect. Any
certificate which has not been signed by the Architect shall be of no effect.

2.3 Statutory Requirements, Notices, Fees and Charges

2.3.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the contractor shall comply with,
make all applications and give all notices required by any entrustment, rule or order made
under any Act of Parliament, Governmental Authority, State Laws, or any regulation or
bye-law of any local authority or of any Public Utility concern which has any jurisdiction
with regard to the Works Project or with whose systems the same are connected (all
requirements to be so complied with, being referred to as “the Statutory Requirements”).

2.3.2 In the event the Contractor finds any divergence between the instructions furnished by
the Architect on the basis of documents and drawing referred to in Clauses 2.2.7 and 2.9
and the Statutory Requirements, it shall immediately notify about the same to the
Architect clearly and categorically specifying the divergence, and shall seek due
clarifications on the same and submit proposals for overcoming the same. The Architect
shall issue an instruction as to the manner in which any such divergence which may
Page15
 become apparent shall be resolved and the Works to be varied; it shall be treated as an
instruction under Clause 2.3.2. In case, the Contractor shall not within ten days receive
such instructions, he shall proceed with work, confirming to the provisions, regulations or
by-laws in question, and any work so necessitated shall be dealt with as Clause 2.10

2.3.3 The Contractor shall pay and indemnify St. Stephen’s College against any liability in
respect of any fees or charges (including any rates or taxes) legally demandable under the
Statutory Requirements in respect of the works. Where the divergence between the
Statutory Requirements and documents, drawings, calculations or samples has arisen as a
result of legislative change in the Statutory Requirements after the date of submission of
the Tender and, if an insofar as the Architects instructions require the works to be
changed, they shall be deemed to be instructions in accordance with Clause 2.10.

2.3.4 The Contractor shall supply to the Architect copies of all notices, applications, approvals,
consents and permissions and all documentation relating thereto given or received by it in
respect of the Statutory Requirements forthwith after giving or receiving the same.

2.4 Previous Work by Others

2.4.1 The Contractor shall satisfy itself in adequate time, before commencing any part of the
Works as to the position, dimensions and suitability of any previous work which might in
any way affect such part of the works (including, but without limitation, any surface to
which the Contractor to fix or lay any part of the Works) and shall immediately intimate
Architect in writing if such previous work is out of position, wrongly dimensioned or in
any other way unsuitable.

2.4.2 The contractor shall have no claim or right of action against St. Stephen’s College
arising from work previously carried out by others unless the discrepancy in position or
dimension or other unsuitability of the work or surfaces has been referred to St.
Stephen’s College by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of Clause 2.4.1.

2.5 Discrepancies in Drawings and Specifications

2.5.1 The drawings and the Specifications are to be considered as mutually explanatory of each
other detailed drawings are to take preference to small-scale drawings and figured
dimensions in preference to scale. Special Conditions are to take preference to General
Conditions.

2.5.2 Should any discrepancies appear however or should any misunderstanding arise as to the
meaning and importance of the said Specification or drawings, or as to the dimensions or
the quality of the materials or in the due and proper execution of the Works, or as to the
measurement, quality or valuations of the Works to be executed under this Contract, or an
extra thereupon, the same that be explained by the Architect. This shall be binding upon
the Contractor and the Contractor shall execute the Works according to such explanation,
subject to as aforementioned, and without extra charge or deduction to or from the
Contract.

2.6 Materials and Workmanship

2.6.1 All materials and workmanship shall be of the respective kinds and standards described
in the Contract or in any instructions, documents and drawings issued to the Contractor or
as described in any documents, drawings, calculations and samples prepared by the
Page16
 Contractor and authorized for use by Architect in accordance with Clause 2.9. If no
standard of materials or workmanship shall be so described, such materials and
workmanship shall be in accordance with the best standards of this industry and to the
satisfaction of the Architect.

2.6.2 If any materials or workmanship of the kinds and standards required by Clause 2.6.1
shall not be procurable, the Contractor shall give written notice within 7 (seven) working
days of the notice of Award to the Architect proposing an alternative and shall obtain the
prior written consent of the Architect to the use of any alternative. Such consent shall not
relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations and any alternative agreed shall not give
rise to any increase to the contract sum. Any such notice from the contractor must be
accompanied by evidence that the proposed alternative:

 Is equal in quality and serviceability to the materials or workmanship required by

Clause 2.6.1;

 will not cause alterations or modifications in the design and/or construction of

other parts of the works or, if it does, that any costs incurred by St. Stephen’s
College by reason of such alterations or modifications will be payable by the
Contractor;

 Is consistent with the design intent of the Works.

The Contractor shall furnish with such notice, drawing, specifications, samples,
performance data and other information as may be required to enable the Architect to
decide whether to give consent to the proposed alternative.

2.6..3 The Contractor shall furnish the Architect with test certificates and such other documents
as may be necessary to prove that the materials and workmanship supplied or used in the
project [either supplied by client or others] comply with the provisions of Clause 2.6.1.
The Contractor shall engage testing laboratories, agencies and professional engineers as
required by the Contract Documents entirely without any cost to St. Stephen’s College
all testing laboratories, agencies and professional engineers to be appointed by the
Contractor shall be subject to the prior written approval of the Architect.

2.6.4 St. Stephen’s College may, at its sole discretion, retain the services of independent
testing laboratories, agencies and/or professional engineers to perform tests and make
inspections and reports specified in the Contract Documents or as considers necessary
from time to time. A copy of such test reports produced by any person so retained may,
at the sole discretion of the Architect, be made available to the Contractor. If the
Architect so requires, the Contractor shall, entirely without cost to the Architect furnish
samples of all materials and workmanship to be used as test specimens, and such labour
and facilities at the site as may be necessary in connection with providing for such testing
and inspection.

2.6.5 No testing or inspection by or on behalf of St. Stephen’s College or the Contractor shall
relieve the Contractor of any of its obligations under or in connection with the Contract.

2.6.6 All works embracing more than one process shall be subject to examination and approval
at each stage thereof. The Contractor shall give notice to the Architect when each stage
is ready. In the default of such notice, the Architect shall be entitled to appraise the
quality and extent thereof.

Page17
2.6.7 No work shall be covered up or put out of view without the written approval of the
Architect. The Contractor shall offer full opportunity for examination and measurement
of any works which is about to be covered up or out of view.

2.6.8 The Architect may issue instructions requiring the Contractor to open up for inspection
any work covered up or to arrange for or carry out any test of any Materials (whether or
not already incorporated in the Works) or of any executed work and the Contractor shall
provide such facilities as may be required for such inspection and examination. The cost
of such opening up or testing (together with the cost of making well in consequence
thereof) shall be added to the Contract Sum unless:

 Provided for in Clauses 2.6.3,2.6.6 and 2.6.7

And/or

 The inspection or test shows that the materials or workmanship are not in
accordance with the Contract.

And/or
 Architect had reasonable grounds for suspecting that the materials or workmanship
might not be in accordance with the Contract.

2.6.9 The Architect may issue instructions requiring the immediate removal from the Project
material or workmanship which might not be in accordance with the Contract.

2.6.10 The Architect may approve, comment on or require amendment to the method statement
proposed by the Contractor but notwithstanding any such approval, comment or
requirement, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, method,
techniques, sequences, procedures or safety precautions employed by it in connection
with the works. Further, neither St. Stephen’s College nor the Design Consultants shall be
liable for any acts or omissions of the Contractor or any failure of the Contractor to
construct and complete the works in accordance with the contract or the intent of the
contract.

2.7 Contractor’s Supervision

2.7.1 The Contractor (i.e. as a corporate entity) shall supervise the execution of the works and
shall appoint and constantly retain at keep upon the Works Project, a suitably skilled,
qualified, experienced, authorized representative and a supervision team of adequate size
both approved by the Architect in writing who shall supervise all the works. All such
require the approval by Architect or its representative. The Contractor shall not remove
either the representative such supervisor or any members of the such supervision team
from the Works Project without the prior written approval of the Architect and, if such
approval is given, the Contractor shall be responsible for replacing such person or
persons forthwith with a person or persons, of equivalent skills, qualifications and
experience and who shall have been previously approved in writing by the Architect
within 3 working days. If site in charge/supervisor is not performing up to the
expectations, Architect at its discretion can ask contractor in written notice to replace
such supervisor. Contractor in such case shall replace the efficient person as per agreed
process within 7 working days.

Page18
2.7.2 The authorized representative of the Contractor shall be a responsible person adequately
authorized [proof of authorization to be provided] by the Contractor to take decisions on
the Site and to spend the necessary money to procure materials and labour to undertake
the works. Any instructions given to the Contractor’s authorized representative shall be
considered to have the same force as if these had been issued to the Contractor.

2.7.3 If the Contractor fails to appoint a suitable person to act as its authorized representative
the Architect shall have full powers to suspend the execution of the works until such time
till a suitable person is appointed and the Contractor shall be held responsible for the
delay(s) so caused for the Works and the damages thereof.

If the Headquarters of the successful tenderer are elsewhere other than the site of work,
he shall have a duly authorized agent at the site of work, from the commencement of the
work until the building is virtually completed. Such agent shall be authorized to act on
behalf of the successful tenderer to accept services of notice of contract and to agree to
extras, the omissions and extras /substituted items of work and rates for the same. The
contractor or his agent shall maintain in his staff a qualified Civil Engineer approved by
the said Architect/ Employer and such other office personnel as may be required for the
efficient execution of the works. Any notice under the contract shall be deemed to have
been served on the successful tenderer is served upon such agent or sent by registered
letter at his site address. Such agent shall not be changed and shall not leave the site
during the duration of the contract, unless the consent of the Architect/ Employer has
been previously obtained. If the Architect/ Employer wants the successful tenderer to
carry out the rectifications under the terms and conditions of the contract after the
building is completed, the successful tenderer shall have depute the same or another duly
authorized agent at the site of the work while such rectification are being carried out.

2.7.4 In addition, the Contractor shall:

 Properly administer, co-ordinate, supervise and superintend the construction,

completion and maintenance of the Works:

 Organise the procurement of all materials, goods and equipment, so that they will be
made available at the site whenever required for the Project.

 Manage and reconcile the material supplied/paid directly by client which are used for
the works taken up by the contractor

 Ensure that an adequate force of skilled workers are available to design, construct and
complete the Works in accordance with the provision of the Contract; - Contractor to
submit a labour plan and actual deployment

 Enforce discipline and order among the Contractor’s employees and not to employ at
the Project any unfit person or anyone not skilled, qualified and experienced in the
task assigned to him and

 Provide supervision by experts in all aspects of the materials, goods, equipment or

system being designed, fabricated and installed as part of the works.

 Ensure compliance by its workforce with all safety and security regulation from time to
time in force in respect of the Site and also as per the statutory regulations.
Page19
2.8 Access to the Site

2.8.1 The contractor will be deemed to have inspected the access to the Project Site from the
public, highway and the access routes around and through the Site and satisfied it that
there is no impedance or that any impedance that could occur is allowed for in its Tender.
A logistic plan to be submitted by the contractor which clearly specify the access to site
for men and material, security check points, material storage space, toilets, etc

2.8.2 The Contractor should note that all access routes to the Site are to be shared with others
and may get relocated from time to time.

2.8.3 The Contractor is deemed to have allowed in its Tender for all costs associated with the
distribution of its personnel and materials around the Site and to, and within, the work
areas as and when instructed by the Architect.

2.8.4 Access routes and adjacent roads shall not be blocked by vehicles standing, loading
and/or unloading and shall not be used as storage areas.

2.8.5 The Employer, Architect and other Design Consultants and all persons duly authorized
by and public utilities shall at all times have access to the Site and to the workshops or
other places of the contractor or its sub-contractors and suppliers where any work is being
designed, prepared or stored for the Project.

2.8.6 The Contractor must note that Work by other Contractors will be in progress at the same
time. The contractor must allow reasonable access for other contractors in the areas of its
operation during the execution of its work or as directed by the Architect. All costs
incurred in carrying out activities of a “Site Co-ordination” nature are deemed to have
been included for in the Tender.

2.8.7 Wherever required, the Contractor shall provide safe and sufficient scaffolding, hoists
and ladders to gain access to the Site and works. The design of these needs to be certified
by a competent Engineer.

No person not authorized by the Architect and the employer shall be allowed on works at
any time.
If any works is to be done at any place other than the site of the work, the contractor shall
obtain the written permission of the Architect/Employer.

2.9 Contractor’s Design/ Shop Drawings

2.9.1 Where any part of the Project is required to be designed by the Contractor in accordance
with the provisions of the Contract Documents (including any further design which the
Contractor is to carryout in order to comply with the provisions of the contract), the
Contractor shall carry out and complete such design, including the selection of and
specification for the kinds and standards of materials and workmanship to be used and the
Contractor shall comply with any directions which the Architect may give for the
integration of the Contractor’s design with the design of the Works.

2.9.2 The Contractor shall, within 7 (seven) days of receipt of notice of Award for the Works,
where applicable, produce;

Page20
  A Schedule with description and date for the information that it required from the
design Consultants for the purpose of finalizing the Contractors development of the
design to produce workshop and installation drawings or for the incorporation of
fixings, pockets, holes or as deemed necessary etc for Work to be installed by Self as
well as other Contractors.

 The Contractor should note that, where such information is provided it will be
construed as a clarification only and will not constitute a change to the Scope of
Works and hence no additional costs will be considered.

 A schedule of shop drawings, indicating the number of shop drawings the Contractor
is to produce, the contents of the drawings and the date by which the Contractor will
submit the shop drawings to the Architect for approval.

 Contractor shall furnish to St. Stephen’s College with a copy to the Architect, the
time schedule, org chart with CV, logistic plan, safety plan, quality plan, etc within 7
days of the award of contract and further changes done by the contractor or as
instructed by the Architect.

2.9.3 The Contractor shall, within 14 (fourteen) days of receipt of the Notice of Award for the
Works, where applicable, commence the submission of shop drawings and continue to
submit on a timely basis to the Architect for approval by the Design Consultants in order
to conform to the Contract Schedule.

2.9.4 The Contractor is to submit to the Architect for approval, all shop drawings, samples and
product data for all installation work and equipment. By doing so, the Contractor
represents that he has verified that all materials, field measurements and construction
criteria as relates to its so, are correct and comply with the required Specifications.

2.9.5 The Contractor further certifies that its submittals have been co-ordinate with the
Contract Documents for its work and those of related contractors. Any deviations shall
be called to the attention of the Design Consultants in writing via St. Stephen’s College
and are subject to their approval. The Design Consultant’s approval will not excuse
deviation from the intent or requirements of the Contract Documents unless specifically
stated so in their same approval. When such approval has been obtained, via St.
Stephen’s College the work shall be executed in accordance with that approval.

2.9.6 When submitting information for approval, the contractor shall forward to the Architect
three prints of the drawings, three copies of calculations and method statements and
one set of soft copy (as applicable).

2.9.7 After review of the drawings by the Design Consultants, the Contractor shall it complies
with all statutory applicable required by the applicable statutory bodies.

2.9.8 In respect of the Contractor’s obligations under Clause 2.9 the following provisions shall
apply:

 The Contractor warrants that it has exercised and will exercise all the skills, care and
diligence to be expected of a properly qualified and competent specialist experienced
in carrying out work of a similar scope, nature and size to the Works:

- The design of the same;

Page21
 - Working within the criteria to the kinds and standards of materials and
workmanship to be used in the same as defined in the Specifications, and
- The co-ordination and integration of the Contractor’s design with the design
of the Works as made known to the Contractor by the Architect from time to
time.

 The Contractor warrants that the design of the works or such part thereof and the
materials and workmanship used therein:

- Will satisfy in all respects any performance specification or requirement

included or referred to in the Contract Documents as part of the description of
the works.
- Will fully comply with the Statutory Requirements; and
- Will be fit for the purposes for which they are intended or required as part of
the Works and which are included or referred to in the Contract Documents or
which have otherwise been made known to the Contractor by or on behalf of
St. Stephen’s College.

 At such times as not to delay or disrupt the progress of the works, the contractor,
without any additional charge and in accordance with the shop drawing
procedures, shall provide the Architect with the number of copies of such
documents, drawings, calculations or samples required by the Contract
Documents and as are reasonably necessary to explain, amplify, show or describe
and complete any design to be carried out by the Contractor. No such document,
drawing, calculation or sample shall be used for the purposes of fabrication
performance, construction or otherwise unless and to the extent that the Architect
has authorized for such use.

 No stamping, comment or authorization by or on behalf of St. Stephen’s College in

respect of any documents, drawing, calculation or sample submitted by the Contractor
shall relieve the Contractor of any liability which would otherwise have a relation
thereto.

 The Contractor shall check and co-ordinate any documents, drawings, calculations
and samples submitted by it prior to submission of the same;

 It shall be a condition precedent to the Contractor’s entitlement to be paid for the

works carried out with materials or goods supplied in connection with any part of the
Works to be designed by the Contractor that the same shall be carried out or supplied
in accordance with documents, drawings, calculations or samples which have been
authorized for use by the Architect in accordance with the procedures set out.

2.9.9 The provisions of the Contract relating to extension of time (Clause 2.31) and direct loss
and/or expense shall not have affect where and to the extent that the cause of the progress
of the Works or any part of the Works having been delayed is due to

 An error, divergence, omission or discrepancy in any documents, drawings,

calculations or samples prepared by the Contractor.

 Failure by the Contractor to provide necessary documents, drawing, calculations

or samples in due time.

Page22
  Failure by the Contractor to obtain the necessary approvals, consents and
permissions in due time as required, and

 A divergence between the Statutory Requirements and any documents, drawings,

calculations or samples prepared by the Contractor.

2.9.10 Any error, divergences, omissions or discrepancies in any documents, drawings,

calculations or samples prepared by the Contractor shall be corrected but,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained elsewhere in the Contract, there shall
be no addition to the Contract Sum and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any
extension of time or loss and/or expense under the Contract in respect of such corrections
or in respect of any instruction requiring a change to the works necessitated by above
reasons.

2.10 Changes

2.10.1 The Architect may issue instructions requiring a change. Any change required by St.
Stephen’s College shall not invalidate the Contract.

2.10.2 The term “change” includes, but without limitations, any addition, omission, substitution,
alteration or modification of any performance requirement or of the design, quality or
quantity of the works as shown upon, described by or referred to in the Contract
Documents or in any documents, drawings, calculations and samples prepared by the
Contractor and authorized for use by the Architect in accordance with Clause 2.9. It
includes the addition, omission or substitution of any work, the alteration of the kind or
standard of any materials or workmanship to be used in the works and the removal of any
material or goods brought thereon by the Contractor for the purposes of the works from
the site, other than where it is not in accordance with this Contract.

2.10.3 All changes required by the Architect and all works executed by the contractor for which
Provisional Sums are not included in the Bill of Quantities shall be valued by Architect,
who shall give to the Contractor an opportunity of being present at the time of such
valuation and of taking such notes and measurements as the Contractor may require. The
valuation of changes and of works executed by the Contractor shall be made in
accordance with the following rules in the order of precedence:

(a) If rates for additional, altered or substituted items of works are specified in the
Contract Documents, the Contractor shall carry out the additional, altered or
substituted items at the same rate, inclusive of any discount agreed contractually.

(b) The unit rates in the Bill of Quantities shall determine the valuation of work of
similar character executed under similar conditions as was priced therein

(c) If the rate of an extra item cannot be derived directly from the rates in the
arrangement, the rate shall be derived from the rate of a similar item in the
agreement in the same ratio as that of the two corresponding rates in the CPWD
schedule of rates, latest. If this is not possible, rate shall be worked out at the rate
in the latest CPWD schedule of rates, plus minus the percentage, which the
tendered amount of the sub head at rates specified in the latest CPWD schedule of
rates.

Page23
 (d) If the rates for the altered, additional or substituted works cannot be determined in
the manner specified in the sub Clause (a) and to (c) above, then the rates for such
works shall be worked out on the basis of actual consumption of materials, and
labour and equipment used etc as detailed below:

- Cost of materials at prevailing rates at the time of execution of works actually

incorporated in the Project. Relevant vouchers are required as supporting
document.

- Cost of labour actually used at the Site/ factory of work at prevailing rates at the
time of execution of works.

- Hire charge for plant and machinery, if any, specifically required to be used at the
site for the Project.

- 15% towards the contractor’s establishment, electricity and water charges,

overheads and profit.

This clause shall not apply to contract or substituted items the quantities of which
individually exceed the quantities in the contract by any extend. Such excess quantities
shall be paid for at market rates, and the Employer shall be at liberty to get them executed
through some other agency.

2.10.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to any other rates than the rates set out in the Bill of
Quantities, on any plea that the work was in a different position, or of a different class
from, or in a more difficult position than that shown on the plan or described in the
specifications of Bill of Quantities, unless an agreement entitling him for the payment at
other than the rate set out in the Bill of Quantities, shall have been previously made and
signed by the Architect.

2.10.5 The Contractor shall send to the Architect once every month, an account giving
particulars, as full and detailed as possible, of all claims for any additional payment to
which the Contractor may consider itself entitled and of all extra or additional work
ordered in writing by the Architect.

2.11 Security Deposit

Not Applicable.

2.12 Contract Sum

The Contract Sum shall not be adjusted or altered in any way whatsoever otherwise than
in accordance with the express provisions of the Contract. Any error, whether arithmetic
or not, in the computation of the Contract Sum shall be deemed to have been accepted by
the parties.

2.12.1 Materials and Good unfixed or Off-Site and risk in the Works

2.12.2 Unfixed materials on Site and intended for incorporation in the works shall not be
removed except for use in the Works, unless St. Stephen’s College has consented in
writing to such removal. All such materials shall become the property of St. Stephen’s

Page24
 College but the Contractor shall remain responsible for loss or damage to the same until
these materials are formally handed over.

2.12.3 Risk in such Materials (whether or not incorporated in the Works and in each part of
them) shall remain with the Contractor until Final Completion of the Project. The
Contractor shall be responsible for and shall protect the Works and each part thereof and
shall provide any further particular protection as may be required by the contract or
otherwise as may reasonably be directed by St. Stephen’s College until final Completion
of the Project entirely without any cost to St. Stephen’s College.

2.12.4 The Contractor shall maintain the works and each part of them until Final Completion of
the Project in the condition required by the Contract and shall restore, replace, repair and
make good any loss or damage occurring before Final Completion of the Project all in
compliance with any instructions issued by St. Stephen’s College in relation thereto.

2.13 Materials

2.13.1 Contractor Supplied Materials

The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide all materials for the Works, other than
those specifically identified as being provided by the Employer.

2.13.2 All materials to be provided by the Contractor shall be in conformity with the
Specifications laid down in the Contract and the contractor shall, if requested by the
Architect furnish proof that the materials so comply with laid down specifications to the
satisfaction of Architect. They shall be of the best of their respective kinds, new and free
from defects and designed to ensure desired performance.

2.13.3 All the materials, unless and otherwise specifically described, required for the
performance of the works, must be provided through normal trade channels and must
include for Sales Tax, Octroi, duties, royalties, if any, and other applicable charges.

2.13.4 The Contractor shall, at its own expense and without any delay, supply to the Architect,
samples of materials proposed to be used in the Works as per laid down in specifications.
St. Stephen’s College shall, within 14 (fourteen) days of supply of samples or within
such period as it may require, intimate to the Contractor in writing whether the samples
are approved or not. If the samples are not approved, the contractor shall forthwith
arrange to supply to the Architect for approval new samples complying with the
Specifications laid down in the Contract. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to
prepare and bring all sample materials, erect mock-ups and obtain written approvals from
the Architect and St. Stephen’s College during the progress of the Project. No additional
payments will be made for this. The quality of samples shall strictly conform to the
standards set by the Architect and the Contractor shall be squarely liable if any interior
material is utilized.

2.13.5 St. Stephen’s College shall have full powers to order the removal of any or all materials
brought to site by the contractor which are not in accordance with the Specifications or
which do not conform in character or quality to the samples approved by the Architect.
In case of default on the part of the Contractor in removing the rejected materials, St.
Stephen’s College shall be at liberty to have them removed by other means. St.
Stephen’s College shall have full powers to acquire other proper materials to be
substituted for rejected materials and in the event of the Contractor refusing to comply; it
Page25
 may cause the same to be supplied by other means. All costs which may incur upon for
such removal and/or substitution shall be borne by the Contractor.

2.13.6 St. Stephen’s College shall be entitled to have tests, recommended by the Architect,
carried out as specified in the Contract for any materials supplied by the Contractor other
than those for which, as stated above, satisfactory proof has already been produced at the
cost of Contractor and the Contractor shall provide at its expense all facilities which St.
Stephen’s College may require for the purpose in accordance with Clause 2.6.3. If no
tests are specified in the Contract and such tests are required by Architect the contractor
shall provide all facilities required for the purpose and the charges for these tests shall be
borne by the Contractor

2.13.7 The cost of the materials consumed in test shall be borne by the Contractor in all cases
except when otherwise provided.

2.13.8 All Clauses under 2.13.1 should be read in conjunction with Clause 2.6.

2.13.9 The Contractor shall submit at the end of each month the material procurement status in
an approved format, together with details of all purchase orders and letters of credit.

STEEL AND CEMENT

a. The contractor shall provide adequate store facility for the steel and cement required for the
project and shall store the same in a proper manner satisfactory to the requirements of the
Architect. For this purpose he shall construct storage shed on the site, keeping in view the
project schedule of ensuring that adequate stock of the steel and cement is available at all
time at site. The responsibility of storing steel and cement in a good and usable condition
shall entirely rest with the contractor. The steel and cement thus procured and stored shall not
be used in any other work than what is meant for. The contractor shall be held responsible for
the loss or damage to the steel and cement or the unauthorized use of the same in his
possession and shall bear the cost thereof.

b. The contractor shall furnish steel and cement requirements for each quarter sufficient in
advance so that necessary application by the employer can be made. The date by which the
contractor shall furnish his projected steel and cement requirements for each quarter will be
indicated at a later date.

c. The contractor shall quote his tender on the basis of issue rates of steel and cement
mentioned in the appendix and the same shall be taken for the recovery purpose from the
running bills as following.

2.14 Materials to be supplied by the Employer

Contractor shall be responsible for all the materials either directly supplied or paid off by
St. Stephen’s College or the loading/unloading, stacking, testing and proper installation
of these materials shall be done as per requirements and specification.

2.15 General

2.15.1 The Employer and Architect shall be entitled at any time to inspect and examine any
material intended to be used in the works, either on the Site, or at factory, at workshop or
any other approved places where such materials are assembled, fabricated or
Page26
 manufactured or at any place (s) where these are lying, or from which these are being
obtained. The Contractor shall give such facilities as may be required for such inspection
and examination at no cost to the Employer. The materials brought on site outside
working hours shall be stacked separately till they are inspected and approved by the
Architect. The Contractor shall give such facilities as may be required for such inspection
and examination at no cost to the Employer.

2.15.2 All materials brought to the Site and on which Secured Advance has been paid shall
become and remain the property of Employer and shall not be removed off the Site
without the prior written approval of the Architect. But whenever the Works are finally
completed and advance, in respect of any such materials, is fully recovered, the
Contractor shall at its own expense forthwith remove from the site all surplus materials
originally supplied by it Upon such removal the same shall revert in and become the
property of the Contractor.

2.16 Stock of Materials Required

2.16.1 The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and furnish itself with sheds and yards
in such situations and in such numbers as, in the opinion of the Architect, are requisite for
carrying out the Works under this Contract.

2.16.2 The Contractor shall keep at such sheds and yards as required by the contract, a sufficient
quantity of materials in stock so as not to delay the carrying out of the works.

2.16.3 The Architect shall have free access to the said sheds and yards at any time for the
purpose of inspecting the stock of material and any materials or articles to which may
object to, shall not be brought upon or used in the Project but shall be forthwith removed
from the sheds or yards by the Contractor at his own cost. The Contractor shall maintain
a cement register countersigned by the Employer, of showing the daily receipts and issues
of cement at the work, the balance on the site and the approximate quantities of various
items executed per day with the cement. The register is countersigned by the contractor.

In case of theft or pilferage of any materials from the site, the employer shall not be
responsible for the same and the contractor will make his own arrangements to make
good the loss.

2.17 Property in Materials and Plant

2.17.1 All equipment and plant are the best of their respective kind, new and free from defects,
designed to ensure satisfactory operation under the conditions prevailing at the Site. The
Contractor is responsible for the efficient installation of the same.

2.17.2 The installation shall comply with the requirements of any Municipal, State or National
Act, bye – law, Rule and / or Regulations for the appropriate Fire officer, the applicable
regulatory authorities, the public utility supply authorities and the like that are applicable
to the Project. The works shall be constructed in accordance with all relevant statutory
requirements together with any amendments or statutory orders relating thereto and the
applicable Indian Standards and national building Code Standards and National Building
Code together with any revisions thereto.

Page27
2.17.3 Where the Contractor’s attention is drawn to a specific regulation, complying with the
requirement, standard or code of practice will not absolve the Contractor from all
regulations, requirements, standards or codes of practice as a whole.

2.17.4 All Construction Plant, temporary Works and materials owned by the Contractor or by
any company in which the Contractor has a controlling interest shall, when brought on to
the Site (or in the case of hire Purchase Plant on the Site on its becoming the property of
the Contractor) immediately be deemed to become the property of the Employer.

2.17.5 With view to securing the continued availability of any Essential hired Plant for the
purpose of executing the Project, in the event of a cancellation of the Contract under this
Contract Agreement hereof, if the Employer within 7 (seven) days after the date on
which any such cancellation has become effective, makes a request in writing to the
owner of such Essential hired Plant to continue to hire the same to the Employer on
similar terms or terms as agreed thereof and conditions in all respect, any other
Contractor duly appointed by the Employer is entitled for the use of the Hired Plant at the
same site for the purpose of completion of the Works under the terms of the Contract.
The Employer also undertakes to pay all the hire charges in respect thereof from such
date of hire of Essential Hired Plant directly to the use of Employer

2.17.6 The Contractor, before bringing in any of “essential hired Plant” to the Site, shall notify
in writing and seek a written permission to do so from the Employer. This also includes
essentially the name and the address of the Owner thereof and shall certify that the
agreement for the hire thereof between it and the Owner contains a provision in
accordance with the requirements of Clause 2.17.5 and endorsing a copy of the
agreement also as a proof for the same. The contractor shall also upon request as
aforesaid give a similar notification (but without certificate) in regard to any hire
Purchase Plant.

2.17.7 The Employer shall, in order to avoid seizure by the Owner of any Hire Purchase Plant be
entitled to pay to such Owner the amount of any overdue instalments or any other sum
payable under any agreement for hire purchase and in the event of his doing so any
amount so paid by it shall be a debt due from the contractor to the Employer and may be
deducted by the Employer from any money due or that may become due to the Contractor
under the Contract or may be recovered by the Employer from the contract at law.

2.17.8 In the event of the Employer entering into any agreement for hire of Essential hired Plant
pursuant to the provisions of Clause 2.17.5 all sums properly paid by the Employer under
the provisions of any such agreement and all expenses incurred by it (including stamp
duties if any) in entering into such agreement shall be deemed for the purpose of the
cancellation of contract under the Contract Agreement hereof, and also to be a part of the
cost for completing the Project.

2.17.9 No Construction Plant, temporary works or materials or any part thereof (except hired
Plant) shall be removed from the Site without the written permission of the Employer
where the same is no longer required for the purpose of completion of the Project. But
the Employer will permit the Contractor the exclusive use of all such construction Plant,
temporary works and materials in and for the completion of the project until the
occurrence of any event which gives the Employer the right to exclude the Contractor
from the Site and proceed with the Completion of the Project.

Page28
2.17.10 Upon removal of any such Construction Plant, temporary works or materials deemed to
have become the property of the Employer under Clause 2.17.4 with consent as
aforesaid, the property therein shall be deemed to revert in the Contractor and upon
completion of the works the property in the remainder of such Construction Plant,
temporary works and materials as aforesaid shall be subjected to the provisions of the
cancellation of the Contract provisions. This Contract is deemed to revert in the
Contractor who shall remove the same together with any “Essential hire Plant”, “Hired
Plant”, and “Hire Purchase Plant”. If the Contractor shall fail to remove any Construction
Plant, temporary works or materials as aforesaid or any “Essential hired Plant”, “Hire
Plant” or “Hire Purchase Plant” within such reasonable time after completion of the
Project as may be allowed by the Employer then the Employer may.

 Sell any such Construction Plant as aforesaid and/or

 Any of the “Essential hired Plant” to the person, firm or Company, at the
Contractor’s expense.

 After deducting from the proceeds of sale, the cost and expenses incurred in
connection with such sale and with return aforesaid, shall pay the balance (if any) to
the contractor but to the extent that the proceeds of any sale are insufficient to meet
all such cost, charges and expenses, the excess shall be debt due from the
Contractor to the Employer and shall be deductable or recoverable by the Employer
accordingly as aforesaid.

The Contractor shall remain liable to and shall identify the Employer in respect of all
causes of action, claims, damages, compensation or costs, charges and expenses arising
out any accident or injury sustained by any workmen or apprentice or any other person
whether in the employment of the Contractor of any act default or negligence, error in
judgment on the part of the Contractor, or its servants or agents.

2.17.11 The Employer shall not at any time be liable for the loss of or injury to any of the
Construction Plant, temporary works or materials which have been deemed to become the
property of the Employer under Clause 2.17.4.

2.17.12 The Contractor shall when entering into any sub-contract for the execution of any part of
the Works incorporate in such sub-contract (by reference or otherwise) the provision of
Clause 2.17 in relation to construction Plant, temporary works and materials. “Essential
hires Plant”, “Hire Plant” and “Hire Purchase Plant” brought on to the Site by the Sub-
contractor.

2.17.13 the operation of preceding Clause 2.17.12 shall not be deemed to imply an approval by
the Employer of the materials or other matters referred to therein nor shall it prevent the
rejection of any such materials at any time by the Employer.

2.18 Indemnity and Set Off

2.18.1 The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against each and every liability which the
Employer may incur to any person whatsoever and against all claims, demands, damages,
losses, expenses or proceedings suffered or incurred by the Employer to the extent that
the same has been arising out of or in connection with any breach of or failure to observe
the provisions of the Contract and/or negligence, omissions, default or breach of statutory

Page29
 duty of the Contractor, its employees, agents or sub-contractors of any tier, including, but
without limitation to:

 Any loss or damage to the Project or to any part of the same.

 Any delay or disruption to other contractors engaged by the Employer in connection

with the Project or any parts of the same.

 Any personal injury to or death of any person whomsoever arising out of or caused by
the carrying out of the Project.

 Any loss or damage to any property, real or personal, including, but without
limitation to, the property of the Employer.

The Contactor shall remain liable to and shall indemnify the Employers in respect of all
causes of action, claims, damages, compensations or costs, charges and expenses arising
out any accident or injury sustained by any workmen or apprentice or any other person
whether in the employment of the Contractor or not while in or upon the said works or
site and the same arising out of any act default or negligence, error in judgment on the
part of the Contractor, or its servants or agents.

From the commencement to the completion of the works, the contractor shall take full
responsibility for the care thereof and of all temporary works and in case any damage,
loss or injury shall happen to the woks from any cause whatsoever shall at his own cost
repair and make good the same so that at completion, the work shall be in good order and
condition and in conformity in every respect with the requirements of the contract and as
per the Architect’s instructions.

The expected risks are riots (in so far as it is uninsurable war, invasion act of foreign
enemies, hostilities whether war is declared or not) civil war, rebellion, revolution,
military or usurped power or a cause solely due to use or occupation by the employer of
any portion of the works in respect of which a certificate of completion has been issued.
(All of which are here in collectively referred to as the expected risks.)

2.18.2 The Employer shall be entitled to set off against any money (including any Security
Deposit) otherwise due under the contract, any amount which has actually been incurred
by the Employer or which the Employer is likely to incur on the basis of its bonafide
estimates due to any reason of any breach of or failure to observe the provisions of this
Contract by the Contractor or by reason of any negligence, omission, default or breach of
statutory duty and/or regulations in respect of the Contractor, its employees, agents or
sub-contractors of any tier, provided that the amount of such set-off has been quantified
with reasonable accuracy and in reasonable detail by the Employer.

2.18.3 Any notice or amount set off under the provisions of Clause 2.18.2 is without prejudice
to the rights of the Employer to vary subsequently the amount claimed and set off by
Employer.

2.18.4 The rights of the parties to the Contract in respect of set-off as set out in the Contract are
without prejudice to any common law for the rights of set-off which either party have.

2.19 Commencement time and extension for delay

Page30
 The time allowed for execution of the Works as specified in the Contract Documents
shall be the essence of the Contract. The execution of the Works shall commence from
the date specified by the Employer in writing. If the contractor fails or neglects to
commence the execution of the works as aforesaid the Employer shall without prejudice
to any other right or remedy, be at liberty to forfeit the Earnest Money Deposit
absolutely.

2.19.1 Where the Contractor is required to submit a time and progress chart (in form of
PERT/CPM networks, Schedule etc) with the Tender, Architect may approve the chart as
submitted or suggest modifications as it thinks necessary as soon as the acceptance of the
Tender is intimated to the Contractor. The Contractor shall modify the chart accordingly
and obtain Architect approval before the commencement of the Works.

2.19.2 In other cases, the contractor shall have to prepare a time and progress chart with the
approval of the Employer prior to the commencement of the Works.

2.19.3 The chart shall be prepared in direct relation to the time stated in the Contract Documents
for completion of items or groups of items of the works and/or the contract as a whole. It
shall indicate the forecast of the dates of commencement and completion of various
trades or sections for the Works and may be amended as necessary by agreement between
the Employer and the Contractor within the limitations of the time imposed in the
Contract Documents.

In the event of the Contractor failing to comply with this condition it shall be liable to
pay compensation as stated in Clause 2.20 except for the following:

2.19.4 If the works are delayed by:-

a) Force majeure, or
b) Abnormally bad weather, or
c) Serious loss or damage by fire, or
d) Civil commotion, local commotion of workmen, strike or lockout affecting any
other trades employed on the Project, or
e) Delay on the part of other contractors or tradesmen engaged by Employer in
executing works not forming part of the contract, or
f) Non- availability of materials which are the responsibility of the Employer to
supply, or
g) Non-availability or breakdown of tools and plants to be supplied or supplied by
the Employer or
h) Any other cause which, in the absolute discretion of the Architect Employer, is
beyond the Contractors control.

Then upon the happening of any such event causing delay, the Contractor shall
immediately give notice thereof in writing to the Employer but shall nevertheless use
constantly its best endeavours to prevent or make good the delay and shall do all that may
be reasonably required to the satisfaction of the Architect to proceed with the Works.

2.19.5 Request for extension of time, to be eligible for consideration, shall be made by the
Contractor in writing within 14 (fourteen) days of the happening of the event causing
delay. The contractor may also, if practicable, indicate in such request the period for
which extension is desired.

Page31
2.19.6 In any such case Architect will give a fair and reasonable extension of time for
completion of individual items or groups of items of the Works for which separate
periods of completion are specified in the contract or the Contract as a whole. The
decision of Employer in regards to the extension will be communicated to the contractor
in writing within a reasonable time.

2.20 Compensation for delay

If the Contractor fails to complete the Works and clear the Site on or before the Contract
or extended date(s) / period(s) of completion, it shall, without prejudice to any other right
or remedy of the Employer on account of such breach, pay or recover from the amount
due to it form the Works as agreed a compensation amount.

2.20.1 Provided always that the total amount of compensation for delay to be paid under this
condition shall not exceed the under noted percentage of the Contract Sum for the Works
for which a separate period of completion is given.

a) Completion period (as originally stipulated or as extended)

Penalty-1%of the contract amount per week of delay till the work is handed over
or till the penalty reaches maximum of 10% of the contract value.

2.20.2 The amount of compensation may be adjusted or set off against any sum payable to the
Contractor under this or any other contract with the Employer under discretion of
Architect.

2.20.3 In accordance with the Conditions of Contract,

a) The Contractor shall break down the works to be executed by it into several parts
of items and specify the time for the completion of each part or item, in the form
of a bar-chart and/or PERT-chart, and

b) The Contractor shall complete each part or item on or before such specified time,
being intended to be of the essence of the Contract, and

c) If the Contractor fails to so complete each part or item of the Works before such
specified time, the Contract becomes avoidable at the option of the Employer, and

d) If the Contractor fails to so complete one part or item of the Works within
specified time and pays the compensation to the Employer but completes the
delayed part or item of the Works and also the next succeeding part or item on or
before the time specified for such next succeeding part or item of the works, the
compensation so paid by the Contractor shall be refunded to it by the Employer
free of interest.

Incentive_ If the contractor completes the scope of work ahead of the agreed
schedule; an incentive of 1% of the contract amount per week will be given till
the incentive reaches a maximum of 10% of the contract value.

2.21 Certificates of Substantial Completion and Final Completion

Page32
2.21.1 As soon as the Project is completed, the Contractor shall inform in writing as a notice of
such Completion to the Architect, and within 30 (thirty) days of receipt of such notice
the Architect shall inspect the Works as a whole or in parts and shall furnish the
Contractor with a Certificate of Substantial Completion indicating (a) the date of
completion b) the deficiencies to be completed by the Contractor, and be completed by
the Contractor, and/or (c) items for which payment shall be made at reduced partial rates.

2.21.2 When separate periods of completion have been specified for items or groups of items,
the Architect shall issue separate Certificates of Substantial Completion for such items or
group of items. No Certificates of Substantial Completion shall be issued, nor the items
or group of items can be considered to be completed, till the Contractor shall have
removed from the premises on which the works have been executed, all scaffolding,
sheds and surplus materials, except such as required for rectification of defects as per the
Deficiency List, rubbish and all huts and sanitary arrangements required for its workers
on the Site in connection with the execution of the Works, as shall have been erected by
the contractor or the workmen and leaned all dirt from all parts of building(s) in upon or
about which the works have been executed or of which it may have had possession for
the purpose of execution thereof and cleaned floors, gutters and drains, eased doors and
sashes oiled locks and fastenings, labelled the keys clearly and handed them over to the
Employer and made the whole premises fit for immediate occupation or use to the
satisfaction of the Architect. If the Contractor shall fail to comply with any of the
requirements of this condition as aforesaid, on or before the date of completion of the
Works, the Employer may at the expense of the contractor fulfil such requirements and
dispose off all the surplus materials and rubbish etc, as it thinks fit and the Contractor
shall have no claim in respect of any such material except for any sum actually realized
by the sale thereof less the cost of fulfilling the requirements and any other amount that
may be due from the Contractor. If the expense of fulfilling such requirement is more
than the amount realized on such disposal as aforesaid, the contractor shall forthwith on
demand pay such excess amount to the Employer.

2.21.3 Where the works are executed to the Contractor’s design, the Contractor’s Notice of
Substantial Completion as aforesaid shall have to be accompanied with carefully finished
As-Built drawings of the works as actually executed, failing which the notice shall be
deemed to have not been issued at all.

2.21.4 If at any time before completion of the entire works, items or group of items for which
separate periods of completion have been specified have been completed, Employer with
the consent of the Contractor may take possession of any part or parts of the same (any
such part or part being hereinafter or in this conditions referred to as the “Relevant Part”)
then notwithstanding anything expressed or implied elsewhere in the Contract.

a) Within 30 (thirty) days of date of completion of such items or groups of items or

taking possession of the Relevant Part, the Employer shall issue a Certificate of
Substantial Completion for Relevant Part, provided the Contractor fulfil its
obligations for the Relevant Part as in Clause 2.21.1.

b) For the purpose of ascertaining compensation for delay under Clause 2.20 in
respect of any period during which the Project is not complete, the Relevant Part
shall be deemed to form a separate item or group with date of Substantial
Completion as given in the Contract or as extended under Clause 2.19 and actual
date of Substantial Completion as certified by the Architect under this condition.

Page33
2.21.5 Subsequent to completion of ‘Deficiency List’ by the Contractor to the satisfaction of the
Architect it will issue the certificate for Final Completion. Issue of Certificate of Final
Completion will start the Defects Liability Period.

2.22 Defects Liability Period

2.22.1 The Defects Liability Period shall be a period of 12 (twelve) months from the date of the
Final Completion of the Project or parts thereof, as certified. The said period shall not be
deemed to have expired until the Contractor has made good all the defects/ faults to the
satisfaction of the Architect/ Employer.
2.22.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to make good and remedy at its own expense within
such period as may be stipulated by the Architect any defects which may develop or be
noticed before the expiry of the; period thereto from Certified date of Final Completion
and intimation of which has been sent to the Contractor.

2.22.3 If during this period any faults and/or defects develop which in the opinion of the
Architect are due to faulty material and/or workmanship, then the Contractor shall
remedy these at its own cost.

2.22.4 The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against any damage caused by such defects
or faults.

2.22.5 If the contractor fails to carry out such remedial works within a period of 14 (fourteen)
days after having received such instructions in writing from the Architect it may make
other arrangements to proceed to do the Project at the cost and risk of the Contractor, and
without prejudice to such other rights as the Architect may have in respect of the Works.

2.23 Liability for Defects or Imperfections and Rectification thereof

2.23.1 If it shall appear to the Architect at any time during construction or reconstruction or
during the Defects Liability Period, that any work that has been executed is unsound is
imperfect or with unskilful workmanship or that any material or article provided by the
Contractor for execution of the works are unsound or of a quality inferior to that
contracted for, or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract, or that any defect,
shrinkage or other faults have appeared in the Project arising out of defective or improper
materials or workmanship the Contractor shall, upon receipt of a notice in writing from
the Architect, rectify/ remove or reconstruct the works so specified in whole or part, as
the case may require and/or remove the materials or articles so specified and provide
other proper and suitable materials or articles at its own expense notwithstanding that the
same may have been inadvertently passed, certified and paid for, and in the event of its
failing to do so within the period to be specified by the Employer in its notice aforesaid,
Employer may rectify or remove and re-execute the works and/ or remove and replace
with proper materials or articles, as the case may be, by other means, at the risk and cost
of the Contractor.

2.23.2 In case of repair and maintenance work, splashes and droppings from whitewashing,
paint etc shall be removed and surfaces cleaned simultaneously with the completion of
these items of work on day to day basis. In case the Contractor fails to comply with the
requirement of the condition, the Employer shall have the right to get the work done by
other means, at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

Page34
2.23.3 The Employer shall give 3 (three) days notice in writing the Contractor before taking
such action.

2.23.4 The Employer reserves the right to decide the rates and prices of the Project so executed
by other means at the risk and cost of the Contractor, with respect to all the Sub-clauses
of Clause 2.23.

If the contractor or his work people or servant shall break deface, injure or destroy any
apart of a building in which they may be workings or any building, road, road curbs,
fence enclosure, water pipes, drains, electric or telephone posts or wire, trees, grass land
or cultivated ground continuous to the premises on which the work or any part of its
being executed or if any damage shall happen to the work while in progress, any twelve
months after a certificate of its completion shall have been given by the Architect as
aforesaid the contractor shall make good the same at his own expense.

Notwithstanding that all reasonable and proper precautions may have been taken by the
contractor at all times during the progress of the work, the contractor shall nevertheless
be held entirely responsible for all damages, weather to the works themselves or any
other property or to the lives, person or property of others during the progress of the
works and the period of maintenance.

Should any defective work have been done or any defect found in the materials supplied
by any sub contractor employed on the works who has been nominated or approved by
the Architect as provided in the clause 2.3, the contractor shall be liable to make good in
same manner as if such work or materials had been done or supplied by the contractor
and been subject to the provision of this clause and clause1.1 of hereof. The contractor
shall remain liable under the provision of this clause notwithstanding the signing by the
Architect of any certificate or the passing of any accounts.

2.24 Contractor’s Liability of Insurance

2.24.1 Before commencing the execution of the Works, the Contractor, without limiting its
obligations and responsibilities under this contract, shall insure against its liability for any
material or physical damage, loss or injury, which may occur to any property, including
any employee of the Employer or a member of the general public, by or arising out of
execution of the Project or in carrying out of the Contract. Unless otherwise stipulated
elsewhere in this contract, it shall be obligatory for the contractor to obtain insurance
cover under the following policies:

a) Contractor’s all risks Insurance Policy to cover the following:

i) Entire Contract sum including all works executed and all unfixed materials
and goods indented delivered to and placed on or adjacent to the site
9including cost of materials/good supplied by the Employer if any)
excluding temporary buildings, plant, tool and owned or hired by the
Contractor or its Sub-Contractor for the period of completion, to cover the
risks against loss or damage by fire, storm, tempest, lightning, flood,
earthquake, aircraft or anything dropped there from, aerial, object, riots
and civil commotion etc.

ii) Third party insurance to cover for any damages to third party. This shall
be up to the period of the Final completion of the Works.
Page35
 b) Policy to cover Contractor’s liability under workmen’s Compensation Act d1923,
Minimum Wages act 1948, Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970
and other relevant Acts listed elsewhere including their latest amendments up to
the date of submission of the Tender. This shall be for the period of the Final
Completion of the Works.

c) Insurance cover against damage, theft pilferage or any other loss of all/ part of
materials and equipment brought to the Site for which advance payment is
claimed. Such limit of liability shall be not less than the value of such materials
and equipment at any stage of the contract.

d) The Contractor shall leisure against all such liabilities and shall continue such
insurance till the whole of the time when any persons employed by it are on the
Project.

e) The Contractor shall produce its Certificate of Insurance together with that of its
sub-contractors and receipts in respect of premium paid under such Policies to the
Employer before start of work. These Certificates shall be fully executed and shall
state that the policies cannot be cancelled until 30 days after written notice of such
cancellation has been given to the Employer and seeking approval on the same.

f) The Contractor shall obtain the aforesaid insurance certificate from all its Sub-
contractors and thereby assume responsibility for any claims, proceedings or
losses to the Employer exulting from failure of any of the Sub contractors to
obtain adequate insurance protection in respect of any personal or real property in
so far as such injury or damages arising out of or in the course of by reason of
carrying out of the works under this Contract in connection with its works.

2.24.2 If the Contractor fails to comply with the terms of Clause 2.24.1, the Employer may
affect the Insurance and deduct the expenses from any amount that may be or become
payable to the Contractor or may, at its option, refuse payment of any Certificate to the
Contractor until the Contractor complies with the terms of Clause 2.24.1

2.24.3 In addition to the liability imposed by law upon the Contract for injury (including death)
to persons or damage to property by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its
agents, which liability is not impaired or otherwise affected hereby, the contractor
hereby assumes liability and indemnifies the Employer from every expense, loss, claim
or proceedings whatsoever arising under any statute or at common law, liability or
payment by reason of any injury (including death) to persons or damage to property
suffered through any act or omission of the Contractor, or any of its Sub-contractors, or
any person directly or indirectly employed by any of them or from the conditions of the
premises or any part of the premises which is in the control of the contractor or any of its
sub-contractors, or anyone directly or indirectly employed either of them or arising in
any way from the works called for by thins Contract.

2.24.4 The Contractor or its sub-contractors shall ensure that the Insurance Policies, as stated in
aforesaid clauses, are updated periodically from the respective insurance companies and
they shall remain in good discharge of the Contractors and its sub-contractors obligations.

2.24.5 The Contractor or its sub-contractors shall obtain insurance Policies in the joint names of
the Contractor/ its sub-contractor and the Employer as may be required in respect of any

Page36
 expenses, liability, loss, claim or proceedings, which the Employer or its Representative
may incur or sustain by reason or injury or damage to property, real or personal, arising
out of or in the course of or by reason of the carrying out of the Works and caused
otherwise than by the negligence, omission or default of the contractor or its sub-
contractor, its servants or agents.

2.24.6 Any such Insurance Policies, as referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph, shall
be placed with the insurers to be approved by the Employer and the Contractor shall have
to deposit with the Employer the Policy or Policies in original and the copies of the
receipt in respect of premium paid for such Policies for safe custody.

2.24.7 In case of any claims made against the Insurance Policies as specified under Clause 2.24
and upon the settlement of such claims, the Contractor with due diligence shall restore
the works damaged, replace or repair unfixed materials or goods which have been
destroyed or injured, remove or dispose of any debris and proceed with the carrying out
and completion of the Project. All the amounts received from such relevant Insurance
Policies shall be paid to the Contractor by instalments under certificates of Employer
issued at the period of Application for Payment.

2.25 Suspension of Work

2.25.1 The contractor shall, on receipt of the order in writing from the Employer, suspend the
progress of the work or any part thereof for such time and in such manner as the
Architect may consider necessary for any of the following reasons:

i) On account of continued non-compliance of the instruction of Architect or any

other default on the part of the Contractor, or

ii) For proper execution of the Project or part hereof for reasons other than the
default of the Contractor, or

iii) For safety of the Project or part thereof for reasons other than the default of the
contractor.

2.25.2 The Contractor shall, during such suspension, properly protect and secure the Works to
the extent necessary and carry out the instructions given in that behalf by the Architect.
If the suspension is ordered for reasons (ii) and (iii) in Sub – Clause 2.25.1 above, the
Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time equal to the period of every such
suspension plus a reasonable time as decided by the Architect. A reasonable
compensation may also be considered on the merit of the cases as decided by the
Architect payable to the Contract.

2.25.3 In the suspension is ordered for reasons of (i) in Sub – Clause 2.25.1 above, the
Employer shall have powers to suspend the payment under the Contract. Such
suspension of payment may be continued until default shall have been rectified by the
Contractors to the satisfactory approval by the Architect.

2.26 Cancellation of Contract in full or in part

2.26.1 If the Contractor:

Page37
a) At any time is in default in proceeding with the Works with due diligence and
continues to do so even after written notice from the Employer.

b) Commits default in complying with any of the terms and conditions of Contract
and does not remedy it within 14 (fourteen) days after a notice in writing is given
to it in that respect by the Employer.

c) Fails to complete the Works or items of works having individual dates of

Completion, on or before the date(s) of completion, and does not complete them
within the period as specified in a notice given in writing in that respect by the
Employer.

d) Shall offer or give or agree to give to any person in Employer’s service or to any
other person on its behalf a gift or consideration of any kind as an inducement or
reward for doing or for to do or for having done or for borne to do any act in
relation to the obtaining or execution of this or any other Contract for the
Employer, or.

e) Being an individual, or a firm any partner thereof, shall at any time be adjudged
insolvent or have a receiving order or orders for administration of its estate made
against it or shall take any proceedings for liquidation or composition (other than
voluntary liquidation for the purpose of amalgamation or reconstruction) under
any insolvency Act for time being in force or make any conveyance of assignment
of its effects or composition or arrangement for the benefit of its creditors or
purport so to do, or if any application be made under any insolvency Act for the
time being in force for the sequestration of its estate or if a trust deed be executed
by it for its creditors, or

f) Being a company, shall pass a resolution or the court shall make an order for the
liquidation of its affairs, or a receiver or a manager on behalf of the debenture
holders shall be appointed or circumstances shall arise which entitle the court or
debenture holders to appoint a receiver or an administrator, or

g) Shall suffer an execution or attachment being levied on its goods or properties

using at site and allow it to be continued for a period of 21 (twenty-one) days, or

h) Refuses or persistently neglects to make good the defective work as pointed out
by the Architect.

i) Assigns, transfers, sublets (engagement of labour on a piece work basis or labour

with materials not to be incorporated in the work, shall not be deemed to be
subletting), or attempts to assign, transfer or sub-let the entire works or any
portion thereof without the prior written approval of Architect.

ii) Has failed to remove such materials from the site or to pull down and replace
works within seven days after receiving from the Architect written notice that said
materials or works were condemned and rejected by the Architect under these
conditions.

iii) Has to be determent of good workmanship or in disregard of the Architect

instructions to be contrary sublet any part of this contract.

Page38
 The Employer or it Representative who is (are duly authorized shall be entitled to,
without prejudice to any other right or remedy which shall have accrued or shall accrue
thereafter to the Employer by written notice, cancel the Contract as a whole or only such
items of work in default from the Contract.

The Employer shall on such cancellation have powers to:

 Take possession of the Site and any materials, construction plant, implements, stores
etc thereon and/or.

 Carry out the incomplete work by any means at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

2.26.2 In cancellation of the Contract, in full or in part Employer shall determine what amount ,
if any, is recoverable form the Contractor for completion of the Works or part of the
Works or in case the Works or part of the Works is not completed, the loss or damage
suffered by the Employer. In determining the amount, credit shall be given to the
Contractor for the value of the Contractor’s material taken over and incorporated in the
Works and use of plant and equipment belonging to the Contractor.

2.26.3 Any excess expenditure incurred or to be incurred by the Employer in completing the
Works or part of the works or excess loss or damages suffered or may be suffered by the
Employer as aforesaid after allowing such credit shall be recovered from any money due
to the contractor on any account, and it such money is not sufficient, the contractor shall
be called upon in writing to pay the required sum within the aforesaid period of 30
(thirty) days. The Employer shall have the right to sell any or all of the contractor’s
unused materials, construction plant, implements, temporary building etc and apply the
proceeds of sale thereof towards the satisfaction of any sums due from the Contractor
under the Contract and it thereafter there be any balance outstanding from the Contractor,
the same shall be recovered in accordance with the provision of the Contract.

2.26.4 In case of termination of this Contract and discharge of the contractor as hereinbefore
stipulated the Employer shall be entitled to appoint a new Contractor or Contractors to
continue and complete the project accordance to the set plans and specifications or any
deviations there from.

2.26.5 Any sums in excess of the amounts due to the Employer, unsold materials, construction
plant etc shall be returned to the Contractor, provided always that, if cost or anticipated
cost of completion by the Employer of the Works or part of the Works is less than the
amount of which the Contractor would have been paid had it completed the Works/or part
of the Works, such benefits shall not accrue to the Contractor.

2.26.6 In lieu of Clause 2.26.4 the Employer shall be entitled to authorize a new Vendor/
contractor to utilize the material and property of contractor left upon the site and the latter
Contractor, since terminated, shall in such case lose and forfeit all his interests
whatsoever under this Contract except his claim for monies unpaid, or settlement of
account between parties subject to scrutiny of all Contractor’s valuations.

2.26.7 Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, the amount deposited by the
Contractor as Security Deposit shall be absolutely forfeited by the Employer for such
failure, breach of determination of the Contract.

2.27 Termination of Contract for death

Page39
2.27.1 If the Contractor is an individual or a proprietary concern and the individual or the
proprietor dies or if the Contractor is a partnership concern and one of the partners dies,
then unless the Employer is satisfied that the legal representative of the individual
contractor, the proprietor of the proprietary concern and in the case of partnership
concern, the surviving partners, are capable of carrying out and completing the Contract,
it shall be entitled to cancel the contract as to its uncompleted part without the Employer
or its Representative being in any way liable to payment of any compensation to the
estate of the deceased Contractor and/ or to the surviving partners of the Contractor’s
firm on account of the cancellation of the Contractor.

2.27.2 The decision of Employer that the legal representative of the deceased contractor or
surviving partners of the Contractor’s firm cannot carry out and complete the Contract
shall be final and binding on the parties. In the event of such cancellation the Employer
not hold the estate of the deceased Contractor and/or the surviving partners of the
Contractor’s firm liable tin damages for not completing the Contract.

2.28 Facilities to the Other Contractors

2.28.1 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the requirements of the Employer, afford all
reasonable facilities to other contractors engaged contemporaneously on separate
Contracts as packages in connection with the Project and the labour of any other properly
authorized authority or statutory body which may be employed at the site on execution of
any work not included in the Contract or any Contract which the Employer may enter
into in connection with or ancillary to the Project.

2.29 Urgent works

2.29.1 If any Urgent Work (in respect where of the decision of the Employer shall be final and
binding) becomes necessary and the Contractor is unable or unwilling at once to carry
out, the Employer may by its own or other agencies / contractor(s), carry it out as it may
consider necessary. If the Urgent Work shall be such as the Contractor is liable under the
Contract to carry it out at its expense, all expenses incurred on it by the Employer shall be
recoverable from the Contractor and be adjusted or set off against any sum payable to it.

2.30 Assignments or Sub-Contracting

2.30.1 The Contractor shall not, without the written consent of Architect assign the Contract or
sub-contracts any part of the Project.

2.30.2 The consent of Architect to any assignment or sub-contracting by the Contractor shall not
in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations under or in connection with
the contractor.

2.30.3 The Architect/Employer may assign the benefit of the Contract (whether in whole or
impart) at any time to any person and the contractor irrevocably consents to such
assignment and undertakes to execute within a reasonable period following demand by
any such third part assignee all documents necessary to effect such assignment.

2.31 Extension of Time

2.31.1 Upon it becoming reasonably apparent that the progress of the Works or any part of the
Works on the Site is delayed or is likely to be delayed the Contractor shall forthwith give
Page40
 written notice of the cause and extent of the delay to the Employer and subject to the
provisions of Clause 2.9.9 if, in the opinion of the Employer, the regular progress of the
said part of the Works is likely to be or has been delayed beyond the period or periods
for completion in relation thereto stated in the time and progress schedule in Section 2/5
or beyond any extensions thereto previously made in accordance with the Contract:

a) By force majeure, or

b) By reason of the Employer instructions issued under Clause 2.6.8, or

c) By reason of the instructions issued under Clause 2.10.1 by the Employer.

d) by reason of any breach of the Contract or act of prevention or delay on the part
of the Employer, the Design Consultants or any other contractor engaged by them
on the project.

2.31.2 Then Employer shall, as soon as it is able to estimate the length of the delay, make in
writing a fair and reasonable extensions of the period or periods for completion of the
works or relevant part(s) thereof affected thereby. Where agreement is reached as to the
length of any extension of time , then such agreed extension of the period or periods for
completion of the Works or the relevant part(s) shall be made and no further or other
extensions shall be granted in respect of the instruction to which such agreement relates.

2.31.3 Provided always that:

(a) The Contractor shall use constantly its best endeavours, including but without
limitation by alteration to the sequence and timing of the works, to prevent delay
in the progress of the Project, howsoever caused, and to prevent the regular
progress of the works being delayed or further delayed, or

(b) The Employer shall be entitled to take into account, when determining any
extension of time, the effects of any omission from the works, or

(c) The Contractor shall not be entitled to any extension of time to the extent that the
delay was caused by any negligence, omission, default or breach of statutory duty
by the Contractor, its employees, agents or sub-contractors of any tier.

The Employer/Architect may delay the progress of the work for specific reasons
without invalidate the contract and grand such extension of time for the
completion of the contract as he may think proper and sufficient in consequence
of such delay, and the contractor shall not make any claim for compensation or
damages in relation thereto.

2.31.4 It the Contractor shall claim to have been distracted in the execution of the Project by any
act of lawlessness on the part of any person other than those connected with the Architect
or the Employer the Contractor shall solely deal with such act by the due process of Law,
but shall not be entitled to attribute thereby the breach of any obligation under the
Contract to the Employer and to claim from the Employer any compensation for damages
or loss. If the contractor has suffered, it shall only be entitled to an appropriate extension
of time period as agreed by the Employer for the completion of the works. This is
provided that the Contractor has notified the local police authority and the Employer of
every such act of destruction with the specific particulars, soon after its occurrence and

Page41
 the Employer after inquiry has found the same to be subsequently true and determined
itself the duration of such observation.

If in the opinion of the Architect/Employer the work be delayed (a) by force major or (b)
by reason of any exceptionally inclement weather or (c) by reason of proceeding taken or
threatened by the dispute with adjoining or neighboring owner or public authorities
arising otherwise than through the contractor own fault or (d) by the work of delays of
other contractors or tradesman encaged or nominated by the owners or the Architect or
not referred to in the schedule of quantities or, (e) by reason of civil commotion, local
combination of workmen or strike or lockout affecting any of the building traders (f) in
subsequence of the contractor not having received in due time necessary instructions
from the Architect for which they shall have specifically applied for in writing the
Architect shall make a fair and reasonable extension of time for completion of the
contract works, in case of such strike or lockout , the contractor shall , as soon as may
give written notice thereof to the Architect , but the contractor shall nevertheless
constantly use his endeavor to prevent delay and shall not all that may reasonably be
required to the satisfaction of the Architect to proceed with the work.

2.32 Publicity

2.32.1 The Contractor shall not at anytime take or permit to be taken any photographs of the
Project for use in any publicity or advertising or use the works of the Project or any part
thereof in any publicity or advertisement, nor shall the Contractor impart to any
publication, journal or newspaper or to any radio or television programme any
information regarding the Project unless it shall first have obtained the written consent of
the Employer.

2.32.2 The Contactor shall not fix or permit to be fixed on any hoarding, tower cranes or the like
to erect or permit to be erected on the Site any advertisements name or sign boards or
otherwise unless it shall first have obtained the written consent of the Employer.

2.33 Antiquities

2.33.1 All fossils, antiquities and other objects of interest or value which may be found on the
Site or I excavating the same during the progress of the Project shall become the property
of the Employer and, upon discovery of such an object, the Contractor shall forthwith:

(a) Take all steps which may be necessary to preserve the object in the exact position
and condition in which it was found, and

(b) Inform the Employer of the discovery and precise location of the object.

(c) in case the object has already exposed, the same shall be carefully taken out in
the presence of the Employer and deliver the same in to the possession of the
Employer unclean and as excavated immediately.

2.33.2 The Employer shall issue instructions in regard to what is to be done concerning an
object reported by the Contractor under Clause 2.33.1.

2.34 Arbitration

Page42
2.34.1 All dispute and differences of any kind whatsoever arising out of or in connection with
the Contract or carrying out of the works (whether during the progress of the works or
after their completion and whether before or after the determination, abandonment or
breach of the Contract), any claims relating to the meaning of specifications, design,
drawings and instruction herein before mentioned and so as to the quality of materials or
workmanship used in the works or as to any other question, claims, right matter
whatsoever arising out of or relating to this Contract be referred to in writing as a notice
to be given to the Employer as pursuant to Clause 4.11 of this Contract, and amicably
settled by the Employer trough friendly negotiations and agreement with the Contractors.
A written notice specifying the decisions shall be issued within 30 (thirty) days (refer
Clause 4.11) by the Employer.

2.34.2 In case the matters referred to above in the immediately preceding Clause cannot be
settled amicably and the Contractor be dissatisfied with the decisions given by the
Employer as above, either party the Employer and the Contractor) may within 28 (twenty
eight) days after receiving the notice of such decisions give a written notice to other party
through the Employer, requesting that such matters in dispute be Arbitrated upon. Such
written notice shall specify clearly the matters which are in dispute and such dispute or
differences or which such written notice has been given, no other matters shall be
entertained upon for the Arbitration.
2.34.3
All quantities and disputes relating to the contractor, the meaning of the designing,
drawing and instruction given to the contractor and as to the quality of materials and
workmanship of the work or as to any other questions, claim, right of matter of anything
whatsoever in any way arising out of or relating to the contract, designing drawings and
specifications, analysis of rates, instructions or otherwise concerning the works or the
execution or failure to execute the same whether arising during the progress of the work
or after completion or abandonment thereof, shall be referred to the sole Arbitration of a
person appointed by the Employer St. Stephen’s College It will be no objection to any
such appointment that the arbitration has to deal with the matters to which the contract
relates and that he has expressed views on any of the matter under dispute. If the
arbitration to which the matter is originally referred is unable to act for any reason, the
Employer St. Stephen’s College shall appoint another person to act as arbitrator. Such a
person will be entitled to precede the stage at which it was left by his predecessor. It is
also a term of his contract that no person other than a person appointed by the Employer
St. Stephen’s College should act as an arbitrator, and if, for any reason, that is not
possible that disputes are not referred to arbitration at all. The arbitration shall giver
reasons for each item of the award subject as aforesaid, the provision of the arbitration act
or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof and rules made there under and for
the time being in force shall apply to the arbitration proceeding under this clause.

It is a term of this contract that the party invoking arbitration shall specify the disputes to
be referred to the arbitration together with the amount claimed in respect of each dispute.

The Arbitrator may from time to time, with the consent of the parties, enlarge the time for
making and publishing the record.

2.35 Applicable Law

The construction, validity and performance of this Contract is subject to Indian law and
the exclusive jurisdiction of the Indian Courts subject only to the rights of the parties to
enforce a judgment obtained in the Indian Courts in any other jurisdiction.
Page43
2.36 General Requirements

2.37 Scope of the Works

2.37.1 The purpose of these clauses is to amplify and elaborate upon standard matters that affect
the Bill of Quantities, scope of Work, the Tender and the Contract Documents and to
ensure the Contractor is clear as to the method of execution of the works and this is
reflected in the Tender.

2.37.2 The Scope of the Works in general, shall include all labour, materials, plant and
equipment engineering, supervision, calculations, drawings etc necessary for the Works
shown on and referred to in the Contract Documentation.

2.37.3 This document is intended to be a prompt to the Tenderer and is not to be construed a
limit to the Scope of the works.

2.37.4 The Contractor is deemed to have studied the Architectural, Structural, Building Services
and Survey drawings, specifications and data and have included for incorporating into the
Works such provisions as may be necessary to facilitate the works of the following and
associated Contractors. The Contractors is deemed to have acknowledged itself of its
contractual obligations contained in these documents, which shall be binding.

2.37.5 The Drawing, Specifications and Bill of Quantities included in the Tender describe the
Scope of the Works, but do not necessarily include all items required for the full
performance and completion of the Works.

2.37.6 In the absence of any queries relating to the above, the Tenderer will be deemed to have
fully understood and to have included for the full Scope of Works within the Tender
submitted.

2.38 Drawings and dimensions

2.38.1 All dimensions shall by checked by the Contractor on Site. The dimensions, where stated,
do not allow for wastage, laps, joints etc. But the Contractor shall provide at its own cost
sufficient labour and materials to cover such wastage, laps, joints etc.

2.38.2 Prior to commencement of every section of the Works, the Contractor shall correlate, co-
ordinate and integrate all the relevant Architectural, structural and building services
drawings and satisfy it that all the information shown is complete and unambiguous. The
Contractor shall be responsible for any errors and/or difficulties in execution and/or
damage incurred as a result of discrepancies in the drawings which were overlooked by
the Contractor and not brought to the attention of Architect.

2.39 “As Built” Documents

2.39.1 The Contractor shall prepare and provide to the Employer where it is required in the
Specifications, Maintenance Manuals with all the “As Built” documentation with details
as required.

2.39.2 To facilitate this, the Contractor shall keep on the Site one set or white prints of the
Contract drawings, as necessary, to provide a complete record of the Works.

Page44
2.39.3 These drawings shall be kept in good condition and shall be marked up at least once a
week to show the progress of the work installed and to incorporate all alterations,
omissions, charges and amendments agreed during the progress of the works. These
drawings shall be available at all times for inspection by the Employer and shall clearly
define the details and arrangements for all installed equipment and systems.

2.39.4 The scheme revisions shall be incorporated, by the Contractor, within a record set of
drawings that must be available for the Employer review 4 (four) weeks prior to the Final
Completion.

2.39.5 At the Final completion of the Works, the Contractor shall provide 3 (three) blue line
prints and 1 soft copy from each drawing recording the “As Built” details. These details
shall include the locations and detailed arrangements of all plant, apparatus and
equipment.

2.39.6 The Contractor shall provide the Operating Systems Manuals. These shall be submitted
in duplicate. The Operating systems manual shall fully define the technical characteristics
of the systems and explain all the components with cross-references to the
manufacture/suppliers references. The operations and maintenance of all systems must
be fully described together with fully detailed fault analysis schedules and maintenance
recommendations.

2.40 Site Logistics

2.40.1 The Site Logistics documents available on the Site should be examined and the necessary
allowances made for carrying out the Works set out therein or in such other manner as
may be instructed from time to time by the Architect.

2.40.2 The contractor shall, based on the basic site logistics drawings prepared in consultation
with the Architect, produce layout of his own sheds, yard, offices, etc for the approval of
the Architect within 7 (seven) working days of acceptance of the Notice of Award.

2.41 Contract Schedule

2.41.1 The Contractor is deemed to be aware that time is of the essence in this contract and to
have included for the costs for any necessary steps to complete the Works in accordance
with the Contract Schedule.

2.41.2 If at any time during the construction of the Works, the Contractor falls behind the
Contract Schedule, it is to commence immediately, in agreement with Architect
/Employer whatever measures are necessary to bring the status of construction back onto
the schedule approved by Architect at no additional cost to the Employer except loss
and/or expense as defined within the terms and conditions of this contract.

2.41.3 The Contractor shall prepare the Contract time and progress Schedules in the form of bar
charts and/or PERT/CPM analysis, including resource scheduling and procurement of
materials etc for the whole of its contract within 7 (seven) days of the issuance of the
Notice of Award for completing the works within the completed time stated in the
Contract and submit it for approval by the Architect/Employer.

2.41.4 Every two weeks, the Contractor’s Schedule prepared under Clause 2.41.3 shall be
jointly reviewed by the Architect/Employer and the Contractor owing to the fast
Page45
 track nature of project. The parties shall evaluate the progress of the works against the
critical path, the measures that have to be taken and review of the availability of work
fronts. The achievement of progress on expiry of 25% of the time of completion shall be
scrutinised strictly by the Employer/Architect. If the contractor fails to achieve progress
as given in the schedule/bar chart, the employer shall with hold an amount not exceeding
1% of the contract value supposed to have completed at the time of assessment, which
would be subsequently released if the contractor makes up for the time lag.

2.41.5 The contractor shall adhere to its Schedule as agreed with the Employer in order to meet
all targets by deploying adequate personnel, arranging material supplies in sufficient time
and having adequate plant and equipment resources on the Site. The Contractor shall,
from time to time, or as instructed by the Architect/Employer submits Procurement
Schedule and Manpower Histogram to establish sufficiency of resource or manpower
required to achieve the agreed construction schedule.

2.41.6 In all matters concerning the establishment of targets and Critical Path issues in the
Schedules and the degree of achievement, the decision of Architect shall be final and
binding on the Contractor.

2.42 Permits

2.42.1 The contractor shall obtain and pay for all the necessary permits, fees, certificates and
tests that are required under this Contract. The Contractor shall be responsible for any
delays resulting in its failure to arrange for the same. The proof of payment and obtaining
the same are to be transmitted to the Employer within 7 (seven) days of its occurrence.

2.42.2 The Contractor shall conform to the provisions of any regulations and bye-laws of any
public utility supply company with whose system the Project shall be connected to.

2.42.3 If the public utility supply company requires any variations to the Contract Drawings that
may be necessitated by so conforming, the Contractor shall advise the Architect /
Employer in writing, of the variations proposed to be made, the reasons for making them
and apply for instructions there on. On receiving the written instruction(s) from the
Architect/ Employer the Contractor shall proceed with the work, conforming to the
provisions of the regulations or bye-laws and shall provide for and pay all fees and
charges by itself without having any liability to the Employer.

2.43 Surveying

2.43.1 The Contractor shall establish and locate all lines and levels, and be responsible for the
correct location, elevation and tolerances of all work erected. The Contractor must not
commence the work until the survey has been approved by the Architect.

2.43.2 The Contractor is to construct and maintain proper benchmarks at the intersection of all
the main walls in order that the lines and levels may be accurately checked at all times.

2.43.3 The Contractor shall provide suitable stone with flat tops and build the same in concrete
for temporary benchmarks. All the pegs for the setting out of the work and fixing of the
necessary levels required for the execution thereof shall be built in masonry at such
places and in such manner as approved by the Architect.

Page46
2.43.4 Though checking will be undertaken by the Architect from time to time during the
execution of the Project, the Contractor will be responsible to rectify at its own cost any
errors detected at a later stage.

2.43.5 Theodolite, levels, prismatic compass, chain and metallic tapes and all other surveying
instruments required shall be provided by the Contractor at no cost to the Employer.

2.43.6 The contractor shall accompany the Architect when required to do so, and assist in taking
the measurements recorded on the spot. If the contractor fails to accompany the
Architect, it shall so be bound by the measurements thus recorded by the Architect or its
authorized person.

2.44 Inclement Weather

2.44.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to avoid delays due to any inclement
weather, the costs of which are deemed to be included in the Tender.

2.45 Plant and Labour

2.45.1 The Contractor shall provide all mechanical and non-mechanical plant necessary to carry
out the Works and all scaffolding, hoisting equipment, slings, chains and other apparatus
as may be required during the execution of the Works, over and above that specifically
stated in the Contract Documents herein as being provided by the Employer.

2.45.2 The Contractor shall supply to the Architect all information regarding the proposed plant
to be used.

2.45.3 The Contractor shall supply all necessary and adequate labour to execute the Works
within the Project Schedule requirements.

2.45.4 The Contractor shall provide, at no extra charge, all labour and equipment required by
the Employer, its agents and/or the Design Consultants for testing and measuring the
works and/or weighing, measuring, providing or testing the efficiency of any portion of
the Works. The Contractor shall also provide, at its own cost, all planking, gangways etc
necessary for providing access to every part of the works.

2.46 Equipment Installation

2.46.1 The Contractor, prior to commencing work, shall submit details of all openings required
in the building structure to facilitate entry of all major items of equipment ready for
installation. This information shall be submitted to the Employer for approval by the
Architect and co-ordination with other Contractors.

2.46.2 The Contractor, prior to commencing work, shall submit a floor loading plan and the
proposed route for manoeuvring the major items of equipment from the entry point of the
building to the final position. These details shall be submitted to the Employer for
approval by the Architect.

2.47 Equipment Protection

2.47.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that all equipment is protected after
manufacture against damage, scratching and abrasion whilst it is in transit, being off-
Page47
 loaded, set into position, during erection, testing and commissioning and up to
Substantial and Final Completion to the satisfaction of the Architect. The Contractor shall
be responsible, at no extra cost to the Employer, for any remedial Work and/or
replacement of any damaged items of equipment.

2.47.2 The contractor shall include for re-protecting all equipment after erection and
maintaining the same up to Substantial and Final completion.

2.47.3 Where items of equipment are installed, through schedule implications, to non-weather
protected areas the Contractor shall provide weatherproof enclosures and anti-
condensation measures to the approval of the Employer. The Contractor shall provide for
re-testing and re-certification by the manufacturer of any item that has been subjected to
the ingress of moisture or condensation.

The contractor shall construct at his own expense the necessary temporary sheds for
keeping and preserving from damage the equipment or materials necessary for the work
and also such other materials which in the opinion of the Architect need special storage
facilities, failure on the part of the contractor to do so would be considered as a breach of
conditions of contract and would tender the contractor liable to consequences of such
failure. The contractor shall demolish the temporary sheds and clear the site at his own
cost after the completion of the work.

2.48 Protection other than for Equipment

2.48.1 The Contractor shall cover up and protect from damage all new works. Where necessary,
this will include the supply, maintenance and removal of temporary doors, protection of
windows and curtain walls, and any other required protection for the whole of the works
being executed. Any damage caused must be made good to the satisfaction of the
Architect at the contractor’s own cost.

2.48.2 The landscaping of the site, including the fences, walls, paths, trees, shrubs, street
furniture and all green surfaces in the area of the site adjacent to the building, once
installed, are to be kept free from any damage due to the operations in connection with
the Works. The Contractor will take all protective measures and shall include for this in
its rates of Bill or Quantities in the Tender.

When a trench passes near houses or the building, the contractor shall at his own cost
properly and securely shore such building and adopt such other precautions as may be
necessary under the circumstances of each case. After the work is completed near such
building the contractor shall remove the shores and make any cutting out or other damage
that may have been done.

2.49 Testing and Commissioning

2.49.1 The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the testing and commissioning of all the
installations supplied under this contract, or parts thereof, as may be directed by the
Architect. This includes making adjustments, calibrating and the same thereof at no cost
to the Employer.

2.49.2 The Contractor shall demonstrate at its own cost to the satisfaction of the Employer that
the complete installation is capable of the performance and method of operation
specified. This shall include inspecting and testing all equipment at the manufacturer’s
Page48
 Works and making arrangements to enable the Employer, if it so desires, to be present
during such inspection and test.

2.49.3 The Contractors shall carry out at its own cost an initial inspection of each aspect of the
installation prior to the commencing of commissioning. Copies of the written reports
resulting from these inspections shall be submitted to the Architect. The Contractor, if
necessary, shall arrange for full remedial action prior to the start of the commissioning
tests at its own cost.

2.49.4 Such tests as the Employer and/or drawings and specifications require, shall be witnessed
by the Employer or its authorized representative. The Contractor shall give a minimum of
5 (five) clear working days notice to the Employer.

2.49.5 Typed and indexed result record sheets shall be bound into the “As Built” documentation,
as shall the results of all specialist manufacturing testing and commissioning reports, to
form a detailed statement of system performance on completion at the cost of the
Contractor.

Samples of various materials required for testing shall be provided free of charge by, the
contractor, testing charge shall be borne by the owner. All other expenditure of taking
samples, conveyance, packing etc. shall be bon by the contractor.

Weighing and measuring arrangements at site shall be provided by the contractor at his
own cost for checking the weights or dimensions of materials or items of work executed.

2.50 Lighting

2.50.1 The Contractor shall provide all necessary safety and artificial lighting “externally”,
which expression shall mean within the area of the Plot being, handled, and also as
required to undertake its work, to the extent agreed with the Employer.

2.50.2 During execution, the contractor shall install adequate number of high Pressure Sodium
Vapour Lamps of wattage not less than 250W, mounted on light poles for safety lighting.
Areas around Contractor’s sheds, yards, etc shall also be sufficiently lit up.

2.50.3 The Contractor shall provide, adapt, maintain and clear away on completion all of its
work task and safety lighting complete with associated leads from the power distribution
points as agreed with the Employer.

2.50.4 The cost for above is deemed to have been included for in quoted rates.

2.51 Electric Power

2.51.1 It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to make all necessary arrangements for
construction power including distribution as required. The Employer is not obliged to
provide power for Construction and its payments.

2.51.2 The contractor shall provide at its own cost distribution as per its requirements and
therefore the costs of cable, switches, fuses etc shall be borne by the Contractor.
Contractor is to allow for all leads, plugs etc to provide the requisite power to carry out
the works.

Page49
2.51.3 The Contractor shall supply, adapt, maintain and clear away on completion of its own
work the flood lighting, power supply for which will be obtained from the Employer
distribution board as per the provisions of immediately preceding Clause.

2.51.4 The Contractor shall provide adequate lighting at all work fronts and/ or localized zones.
Providing of lighting to access routes to such work fronts/ localized zones from a safety
point of view shall be the absolute responsibility of the Contractor.

2.51.5 Temporary lighting and supply installations, fittings and the like shall be installed I n
strict accordance with the appropriate Indian Standards and Indian Electricity Act.

2.51.6 The Contractor is deemed to acknowledge that the power from the relevant source which
it may organize may not be continuous and there may be disruptions in power supply. It
is recommended that the Contractor should include the installation, at its own cost, of a
generator(s) of adequate capacity from the start of the Works to ensure the progress of the
Works are not delayed. The Contractor is responsible for the supply, installation
maintenance and removal of the generator and all consumables like diesel etc at its own
cost. Any delays caused by lack of power will not be accepted. No claims for damages
shall be entertained in case of power breakdowns.

2.51.7 The cost for all above is deemed to have been included in the Tender submitted by
the Contractor.

2.52 Water Supply

2.52.1 It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to make all necessary arrangements for
construction power, including distribution as required. The Employer is not obliged to
provide water for Construction. If owner’s water is used standard deduction shall be
done from contractor bills.

2.52.2 The cost for the above is deemed to have been included in the Tender submitted by
the Contractor.

For all purposes connected with the work, the contractor is required to make his own
arrangements for sufficient supply of water of quality of and the quantity and at such
places on the work as may be ordered by the Architect. The rates quoted in the contract
are for complete work and hence shall be taken to cover all contractor costs in supplying
this contract.

In case the contractor allows other contractors such as those engaged in sanitary
installations or electrical installation etc. to draw water from the source, he shall have to
make his own arrangements for recovery of cost for the same from the respective
contractors.

2.53 Welfare Facilities

2.53.2 The Contractor is not permitted to erect huts for labour on the Site. Restaurants, tin shops
or kiosks erected by the Contractor on the Site will not be permitted.

2.53.3 No labour is permitted to stay at night on the site unless he/she is working in the Project.

2.54 Accommodation, Materials and Storage

Page50
2.54.1 Any office accommodation required by the Contractor shall be provided by it and the
costs allowed for in the Tender submitted by it.

2.54.2 Contractor supplied office accommodation will be located in an area to be agreed with
the Employer and any be relocated from time to time, if required. Any office
accommodation located between floors of the building, if accepted by the Architect shall
be fire resistant to approved standards and have the appropriate fire fighting equipment.
No claims whatsoever shall be entertained due to relocation and/or for office
accommodation.

2.54.3 As availability for the site storage of materials is strictly limited, the Contractor will be
required to call on only those materials required for immediate incorporation in the
works. All materials must be stored within the confines of the Site. No storage or
standing is permitted on adjacent roads, on access routes etc.

In case the contractor wants to make use of plots adjacent to the employer for stacking
material etc. they have to approach the Employer of plots or such other authorities and
make their own arrangements. The Employer will not be held responsible for complaints
on this score from anybody.

2.54.4 The Architect will allocate the specific areas for materials storage to which the
Contractor is restricted. These areas shall be prepared by the Contractor to a suitable
standard to receive the particular material and shall be maintained in a clear and orderly
manner and be vermin free at all times.

2.54.5 The Contractor shall provide, maintain and remove proper sheds for the storage and
protection of its materials and other work items that may be brought into or executed on
the Site including tools and materials of third parties.

2.54.6 The Contractor will be responsible for the storage of cement and other bagged materials
on floors raised above the ground. If any items are spoiled or wasted due to negligence
and/or carelessness of the Contractor during its storage and/or handling operations, the
Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with replacing the items with new
items of the same specification. The plan and other details of the cement storage shed
shall have to be submitted to the Architect/Employer for its approval before proceeding
with its construction.

2.54.7 All costs associated with the provision, preparation, maintenance and relocating from
time-to-time of the Contractor supplied accommodation and storage areas are deemed to
be included in the Tender.

The contractor is also informed that any stacking charges levied by the local bodies for
stacking of building materials on municipal land would have to borne by him and that
neither the Employer nor the Architect would be involved in any manner whatsoever in
the settlement or payment of any such charges levied by the local bodies for which he
will be wholly and solely responsible.

2.55 Removal of Rubbish

Page51
2.55.1 The Contactor shall be responsible, during the progress of the works, for the moving of
its rubbish/surplus materials from the point to be carted away for dumping at designated
locations as directed by Architect and/or as per local laws in force.

2.55.2 The Employer accepts that there will be a number of Contractors working simultaneously
on the Site at the same time. The Contractor will engage labourers for cleaning and
keeping the site clean and in hygienic operation if necessary and if the contractor is not
complying with the provision of Clause 2/3.39.9.1 above.

All soil, filth of any other matter of offensive nature taken out of any trench, sewer, drain,
cesspool shall not be deposited on the surface, but shall be at once carted away by the
contractor to some part of place provided him.

2.56 Security

2.56.1 The Contractor from the time it commences the works on site must include for and
provide for watching, lighting and protecting its works by day, by night, on every day and
on holidays. The Employer may engage its own security but it will not relieve the
contractor from its contractual obligations to engage its own security and protect its
materials, plant and equipment. No claims whatsoever for any loss, damage or theft will
be accepted.

2.56.2 The contractor shall report any incidents on site as soon as possible, and no later than 24
hours after the incident, using the standard report format of the Employer. An incident
includes lost property, damaged property, injury, fire, crime etc. The Contractor shall not
discuss any incident with the media.

2.57 Co-ordination and Builder’s Work

2.57.1 The Contractors shall ensure its work is co-ordinated and hence to allow for integration
with other Contractors.

2.57.2 The building services drawings by one Contractor must not be altered or amended by
another without the agreement of the original Contractor and the Architect.

2.57.3 If a Contractor fails to comply with these requirements stated in Clause 2.57, that
Contractor will be responsible for all costs and delays arising which will include, but not
be limited to, the costs of any removal and reinstatement of its work and any other
Contractor’s work affected by this failure.

Page52
SPECIAL CONDITIONS

3.1 Preamble

This document for the Scope of works set out to assist the Tenderer in identifying the
extent of the work to be priced in the Bill of Quantities for this work package by
amplifying the details shown of the drawings and directing to the attention of the
Tenderer other items that are not necessarily described or indicated yet are required for
the full performance and completion of the works. All items essential for the
completeness of the Works even if not specifically shown on the drawings or noted in the
specifications provided that the same shall be reasonable inferred from there shall be
furnished and installed by the Contractor and included in this Tender. This is not
intended to exclude any other items that may be required by the Architect, Design
Consultants or that may be required by the Statutory Authorities or for good construction
practice.

3.2 General Scope of Works

3.2.1 This work shall include all labour, materials, equipment, tools and tackles, transportation,
unloading and stacking, taxes, insurance, guarantees, warranties etc that are necessary for
the complete performance required by the Tender drawings, specifications and other
matters as per Tender Documents.

3.2.2 The wok shall include, but not be limited to the following:

Refer Technical Specifications, Drawings and Bill of Quantities

3.3 Order Precedence

The Special Conditions of Contract are to be read in conjunction with General Condition
of Contract. If there are any various, discrepancies or conflicting provisions, the
provisions in Special Conditions shall take precedence over the provisions in the General
Conditions of Contract.

3.4 Access

The Contractor is required to verify and satisfy itself regarding the Work Site, in
accordance with Clause No 2.51, 2.52, 2.8 and 2.4 details including but not be limited to
the followings:

 Access
 Availability of water for construction and its workers
 Availability of electricity
 Place for store and materials
 Place for erection of Site Office, Cement shed, Fabrication yards, Material testing
laboratory etc

The Contractor is deemed to have catered for all contingencies connected with the
Site and access.

3.5 Deviation Limits

Page53
3.5.1 For purpose of this Contract, following deviation limits are applicable:
All measurable items shall have #25% deviation of the total sum of measurable part of
the Contract Sum.

3.5.2 Rates given in the Bill of Quantities, in accordance with the provisions in the Contract,
shall apply to derive the Rates for new items, extra items, and excess quantities of
existing items so long as the cumulative cost variation are within the stipulated
percentage of Contact Sum.

3.5.3 If for any reason the Contractor exceeds #25% deviation of the total sum of the re-
measurable part, the Employer shall stand indemnified against any action that may be
initiated by the statutory bodies or authorities by virtue of such deviation.

3.6 Maintenance Liability

3.6.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for rectification of defects for a given in Annexure
from the certified date of Final Completion by the Architect. This period shall be known
as the Defects Liability Period as per the provisions of Clauses 1.10, 2.22 and 2.23 of the
General Conditions of Contract.

3.6.2 Subsequent to the taking over of the building by the Employer and after it has been in
use, its maintenance should also be the responsibility of the Contractor. Further, it shall
be the sole prerogative of the Employer to assess the quality of maintenance which shall
be carried to the satisfaction of the Employer alone. Any defects or failures occurring or
noticed during this period shall be rectified by the Contractor within one week of
intimation to it by the Architect/ Employer in writing. If the same are not carried out, the
Employer shall have the right to have the work carried out through any other agency
entirely at the risk and cost of the Contractor as detailed in Clause 2.23 of the General
Conditions of the Contract.

3.6.3 The contractor shall execute and maintain the work in strict accordance with the contract
and to the satisfaction of the Architect and shall comply with and adhere strictly to the
Architect instructions and directions or any matte whether mentioned explicitly or
otherwise.

3.7 Samples
Material

3.7.1 The Contractor shall furnish to the Architect for its approval with reasonable promptness
and with reasonable times for consideration, adequate number of samples of all the
materials to be used in the Works, irrespective of whether material/ product is from
approved list or not as given in the Contract Documents.

3.7.2 The Contractor shall permit and account for all cost incurred in its Rate towards testing,
examination at the Site or at an approved testing laboratory by the Architect.

3.7.3 The choice of approval of materials rests with the Architect under otherwise specified.

3.7.4 All samples shall be delivers to the Employer at the Contractors cost. Each sample shall
be in duplicate and properly labelled as under:

Page54
 - Name of Project
- Name of Contractor
- Name of Product
- Name of Manufacturer and its full address
- Item reference of Bill of Quantities
- Date of submission

3.7.5 Samples shall be accompanied with technical specifications / catalogues /leaflets / test
results of manufacture etc.

3.8 Contractor’s Labour

The Contractor shall, as far as possible, give preference to labour, especially project
affected persons.

3.9 Engagement Apprentices

3.9.1 The Contractor shall comply with the provision of the Apprentice Act 1961 and the rule
and orders issued there under from time to time by the Authorities. The apprenticed are
to be engaged and trained in the following building craft trades.

- Brick laying
- Carpentry
-

3.9.2 If the Contractor fails to engage the requisite number of apprentices, it shall be treated as
a breach of Contractor and the Employer, may at its discretion, cancel the Contract.

3.9.3 The Employer shall not be liable for any infringement of the restrictive provisions of the
apprenticeship Act 1961 in the event the act is violated by the Contractor.

3.9.4 The Contractor shall also be liable for any pecuniary liabilities arising on account of any
violations by it of the provision of the Act.

3.9.5 Further the Contractor alone shall be responsible for the personal safety of the
Apprentice/personal engaged by it and the Employer shall not be liable for any accident
or personal injury that may occur at site during the Construction period.

3.9.6 The number of apprentices to be engaged shall be decided and approved from the office
of the Director of Technical Education and State Apprenticeship Advisor, Haryana state,
or from similar statutory body.

3.10 As-Built Drawings

3.10.1 The Contractor shall during the course of execution prepare and keep updating a
complete set of As-built drawings which shall be corrected daily, if necessary, to show
each and every change from the Contract drawings, as approved working/shop drawings,
with the exact as-built locations, sizes and types of Works etc. This set of drawings shall
be used for record purposes.

3.10.2 The Contractor shall submit complete sets of As-built drawings on hard and soft copies
for building works and all services as directed by the Architect within 21 days of the
Page55
 completing of entire works. In case the Contractor fails to submit complete sets As-built
drawings as aforesaid, it shall be liable to pay a sum equivalent to 1 percent of the Final
Contract Sum of the Works, subject to a maximum of Rs. 50,000 only (Rupees Fifty
Thousand only) or as may be fixed by the Architect and its decision shall be final and
binding.

3.11 Method Statement

3.11.1 The Contractor shall within 14 (fourteen) days of receipt of the Notice of Award to
commence work, under respective Clause of General Conditions of Contract, submit for
the approval of the Architect a detailed programme and Method Statement with drawings
and sketches showing how it proposes to carry out the Works based on the Contract
Documents. The statement shall describe methods to be employed in carrying out the
Works. The programme shall given estimated dates on which the various sections of the
works will commence together with the estimated rate of progress of Constructions and
estimated output so that the whole of the works may be completed within the stipulated
Contract Period including various Milestones indicated therein.

3.11.2 The Contractor shall progress the works thoroughly and take such action as is necessary
in order to ensure that the approved programme is strictly adhered to in all stages. The
Contractor shall submit detailed programmes of the various sections of the works as and
when required by the Architect. The Contractor shall take all precautions and over all
contingencies to ensure that adequate spare equipment and materials are available at all
time to ensure completion of the works in accordance with the agreed programme.

3.12 Contractor responsible for sufficiency of resources

3.12.1 The Contractor shall take upon itself the full and complete responsibility for the
sufficiency of plant and equipment, centring and shuttering, scaffolding, timbering,
machinery tools and tackles and generally for all other recourses for the fulfilment of the
Conditions. In the event of any of aforementioned recourses proving insufficient or
inadequate Contractor is drill fully and entirely responsible for the sufficiency of their
resources notwithstanding any previous approval or recommendations that may have
been given by the Architect.

3.13 Temporary Works

3.13.1 The Contractor is entirely responsible for the construction, maintenance and removal of
all temporary works employed by it and making good in carrying out the Works to the
satisfactions of the Architect at least twenty days before it intends to commence the
construction of any temporary works, the contractor shall submit full particulars
including drawings for the approval of the Employer.

3.13.2 Obtaining the necessary approvals from the Governmental agencies / local bodies for
erecting the same shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

3.13.3 The Architects approval will in no way relieve the Contractor of its responsibility for the
safety of the Works operatives, adjoining property, regulations, code of practice etc.

3.13.4 The Contractor shall ensure that it shall make safe and reinstate all areas affected by such
Temporary Works.

Page56
3.13.5 The Contractor shall design purpose made steel staging platform carrying out the Works
at various heights. All required staging for supporting centring, shuttering of beams,
slabs, masonry works etc shall be carried out strictly as The Architects approved
arrangements. It is to be noted that designing of such works shall be carried out by the
Contractor at its own cost and shall be submitted to the Employer /Structural Engineer for
minimum 20 (twenty) days prior to commencement of such works. No work will be
permitted without compliance of these conditions.

FENCING

Provisional fencing shall be provided by the contractor, at his cost along with the line
shown in the drawing and / or as directed by the Architect. The contractor shall also be
responsible for maintaining the same in good condition until the construction of a
compound wall, if any.

NAME BOARD / SIGN BOARD

The contractors at his own cost put up a name / sign board at site and may incorporate his
name on it. The details of the board shall be as directed / approved by the Architect.

3.14 Steel for Reinforcement

3.14.1 Reinforcement Steel for the works shall be of grade Fe500. The Contractor to ensure that
necessary orders are placed in advance for the required quantity and diameter with the
standard manufacturers so that there will not be any delays in the execution of works.

The contractor should quote his rates for the fabrication of steel and in R.C.C. work
including bending, binding and placing in position as per drawing etc complete as asked
for under S.H.R.C.C. work, the Employer reserves the right to pay only the fabrication
rate for the steel reinforcement to the contractor and the contractor shall have no
objection to this arrangement for claim any loss of profit on this account.

3.14.2 No extension of time will be entertained by the Employer due to now compliance of this
condition by the Contractor.

3.15 Fire Precautions

The Contractor shall comply with Fire Regulations of the controlling authority in force
during the currency of the Contract relating to the precautions to be taken against fire
hazards on site.

3.16 Use of Site

The Contractor shall not use any portion of the Site for any purpose not connected with
the flow of traffic thereof. Also the same shall apply to terraces, basements and other
developed areas of the Works.

3.17 Protection

3.17.1 Adequate protection against any form of damage or deterioration shall be provided for all
sections of the Works by the Contractor at its own cost. This shall include but not

Page57
 limiting to the protective tapes, casings, guard rails and the like. Particular care shall be
taken to self finished surface during construction.

3.17.2 In pursuance of this Clause, the contractor shall carry out all the works as directed and
instructed by the Architect to its satisfaction.

3.18 Cleaning of Works

3.18.1 The Site shall be maintained clean at all times during the currency of the Contract.
Necessary manpower, tools and tackles shall be deployed by the Contractor to ensure a
clean Site. In case the Contractor fails to comply with this condition to the satisfaction of
the Architect, the Employer shall get the same maintained at the cost and risk of the
Contractor.

Every portion of the work shall be kept clear of accumulation from time to time and
delivered up clean and free from defects of every kind and the conclusion of the works.

Proper waste segregation for Green certification shall be carried out under the
instruction of Employer at no extra cost

3.17.2 Prior to handing over the Works, the Contractor shall thoroughly wash and clean all
buildings and external areas of the Works ready for occupation.

3.19 Tender Programme

The Tenderer is required to submit with Tender a detailed programme which shall
identify the main time spans and relationships between all elements of the Scope of
Works.

The programme shall address every element of the Scope of Works including but not
limited to award of Contract, submission and review of design, working or fabrication
drawings, calculations, schedules or details (including information requirements),
submission and review of overall specific method statements, procurement of all
materials and items of equipment (including those supplied to or from other) required for
the permanent and/or temporary works, off-site fabrication construction, erection,
commissioning, snagging, cleaning, preparation and provision of as-built drawings,
operation manuals and the like and handover - as appropriate to the scope of the works to
be undertaken.

The Tender Programme shall clearly identify the resources and method which the
Tenderer intends to adopt in order to achieve the interim and overall stages of completion
to complete the scope of works.

3.20 Working Programmes

3.20.1 Programme of Working Drawings, Method Statements and Other Submission (Design
Programme)

3.21 The Procurement Programme

a) The Contractor shall prepare a programme clearly identifying and defining the
intended preparation of shop drawings, fabrication schedules and the like,
Page58
 procurement of materials, the manufactures and / or fabrication of materials, items
of plant or equipment required to complete the scope of works, any tests required,
the preparation of goods for shipment, the method of shipment to be adopted, the
shipment of goods and delivery to site of each items or shipment of goods for
shipment, the method of shipment to be adopted, the shipment of goods and
delivery to site of each items or shipment of material, item of plant or equipment
for the execution of the scope of work.

b) When the information is available, the Contractor shall develop this programme
into a comprehensive procurement schedule which will include, but not
necessarily be limited to, names and locations of all manufactured and /or
fabricators of materials, plant and /or equipment, scheduled fabrication or
manufacturing runs, scheduled packaging, shipping, docking and clearance dates,
intended means of shipment (road, rail, air, sea) and the name and shipping details
of each vessel, vehicle, aircraft etc. to be utilized in shipping items for the project.

c) This programme should be presented in the form of a bar chart or a series of a bar
charts supported by duration, start and finish dates and amount of float, resulting
from the critical path analysis of the network for the whole scope of works. A
precedence network will also be supplied to support and explain the bar chart(s).

d) In addition to indicating the essential relationships between each element or task

of the programme, this programme will also clearly identify the relationship
between the end of each procurement string (i.e. delivery of the work site) the
commencement of the related installation or construction activities.

3.22 The Construction / Installation Programme

a) The Contractor shall prepare a programme which will clearly identify the
intended sequences, duration and relationships for all activities required for the
execution of the Works, This programme shall be presented in the form of a bar
chart or a series of bar charts, supported by duration start and finish dated and
amount of flat, resulting from the critical path analysis of the network for the
whole scope of work. A precedence network diagram shall also be supplied to
support and explain the bar chart(s), showing all dependencies between activities.

b) The construction programme shall include all testing and commissioning

requirements, the provision of deliverable documents prior to completion and will
make due allowance for snagging. The key dates for handover of stage of the
work are to be shown.

c) It is essential when developing this programme, that the Contractor takes into
account the requirement that all related design submissions, material submission
and method statements must have achieved a suitable status before the associated
elements of the work may commence.

d) This programme shall also identify all items of information and working areas
which the Contractor required, the time that they are required and the elements
and tasks within the programme that the Contractor considers will be affected and
how will be affected by the provision of such information and working locations.

Page59
 As soon as practicable after the acceptance of his tender, the contractor shall
submit to the Architect for his approval a program showing the order of procedure
and method in which he proposes to carry out the works and shall whenever
required by the Architect furnish for his information particulars in writing of the
contractor's arrangement for temporary works which the contractor intends to
supply, use or construct as the case may be. The submission to and approval by
the Architect of such program or furnishing of such particulars shall not relieve
the contractor of any of his duties or responsibilities under the contract.

3.23 The Overall Programme

a) The Contractor shall summarize the three programmes (design, procurement and
construction) into a single programme at the level of details above that described
in the individual programmes. This shall be considered the summary level for
monitoring and reporting purposes.

b) The overall programme shall be presented in the form of a bar chart.

c) The overall programme shall also be provided in the form of a precedence

network, which will clearly identify all relationships and dependencies at the most
detailed level of programme.

d) The overall programme shall indicate the means by which the Contractor intends
to achieve any interim milestone or handover dates required by the Contractor.

The whole of the materials, plant and labour to be provided by the contractor and
the mode, manner and speed of execution and maintenance of the work shall be of
a kind and conduct in a manner approved by the Employer/Architect. Should the
rate of progress of the work at any time, in the opinion of the Employer
/Architect, too slow to ensure the completion of the work by the prescribed time,
the Architect shall so notify the contractor in writing. The contractor shall
thereupon take such step in consultation with and approved by the Architect so as
to complete work by the prescribed time for the work. The contractor, with prior
permission from the Architect in writing or any other authority as the case may
be, may work at night without unreasonable noise and disturbance. However, the
contractor shall indemnify the Employer from and against any liability for
damages on account of such disturbance created while carrying out the work and
from and against all claims, demand proceeding, damages costs, charges
whatsoever in regard and in relation of the same.

3.24 Updating of Programmes

a) The overall programme shall be marked-up at the end of each Fortnight to show
progress.

b) In the event of slippage of any activities, report to be prepared giving detailed

proposal for full recovery during the coming month together with a recovery
programme if requested.

Page60
 c) The marked-up programme and recovery proposals / programme (if applicable) to
be submitted by the first working day of the fortnight to the Architect and the
Employer.

3.25 Record Keeping

The Contractor shall furnish and deliver to the Architect and the Employer a serried of
progress photographs taken of the works as follows:

On first day of each month, unit the work is complete, 6 (six) colour photographs of
works to be taken from points selected by the Architect showing as much as possible of
the work installed or completed during the previous fortnight.

When the work is completed, and when directed by the Architect, 12 (twelve) full colour
photographs of works to be taken from points of view selected by the Architect.

The Contractor shall be responsible for all the costs related to production of monthly
progress photographs.

3.26 Handover From or To Other Trade Contactors

The Contractor must prepare a handover document for taking over, or handing over of
finished surfaces from /to other Trade Contractors.

Such handovers will be between the following Packages / trades, including but not
limited to, Excavation and Concrete/ Block work, Concrete/ Block work and Core Fit out,
etc.

The Handing Over documents must be signed off by authorized Representative of both
the relevant Trade Contractors. After handover, there shall be no claims on
incompleteness.

3.27. Occupation in Part

If the Employer wants to occupy areas in part, the contractor shall complete the work of
these areas in conjunction with the Employer and hand over the same to the Employer
without affecting any of the clauses of contract agreement.

3.28 Final Bill

In accordance and in conjunction with Clauses 4.11 of Payment Conditions, the

Contractors shall submit the final bill within 90 days from the date of Substantial
Completion. If the Contractor fails to submit the final Bill within 90 days, the previous
certified Running Bill Amount shall be deemed to be considered as Final Bill Amount
and no further claims will be entertained.

3.29 Extra Items

Extra items may be classified as additional, substituted or altered items, depending on

their relation or otherwise to the original item or items of work.

Page61
Rates for authorized extra items, additional, altered or substituted work as may be
ordered shall be determined by the Architect as follows:

a. Architect

The contractor shall, when ordered in writing by the Architect with the concurrence of
the employer perform extra work and furnish extra materials not covered by the
specifications or include in the schedule but forming an inseparable part of the work
contracted for on the same condition in all respects in which he agreed to do the main
work, extra work and supply of such material shall be carried out at a rate settled by
written agreement between the contractor and Architect who shall have obtained the prior
consent of the Employer. The rates for extra work and materials shall be as ascertained
under.

25.1 Should it be found during the course of the execution of the works or after the
completion of the works from measurement taken (in accordance with the previous
paragraph) that any of the quantities or amounts or works thus ascertained are less or
greater than the quantities and / or that if any variation is made unless previously or
otherwise agreed upon shall be made in accordance with the following rules.

a) The net rats or prices in the original tender shall determine the valuation of the
extra where such extra work is of similar Character and executed under similar conditions
as the work priced therein.

b) If it is not possible to determine the rat or any extra items in accordance with (a)
above, the rate for the same shall be determined in accordance with the following rules.

i) The rate for the extra items shall be derived from the rate of an appropriate item
of similar class for which the rate has already been accepted where the same can be
directly derived.

ii) If the rate of an extra item cannot be derived directly from the rates in the
arrangement, the rate shall be derived from the rate of a similar item in the agreement in
the same ratio as that of the two corresponding rates in the CPWD schedule of rates,
1997. If this is not possible, rate shall be worked out at the rate in the CPWD schedule of
rates, 2002 plus minus the percentage, which the tendered amount of the sub head at rates
specified in the CPWD schedule of rates 2002.

iii) Where the rates cannot be worked out by any of the methods given (i. and ii)
above, the contractor shall be allowed the market rate for the materials and labour
component as per standard analysis of rates 2002 CPWD. Govt. of India, as amended
from time to time plus 15% profit provided that purchase voucher for the Architect
delivers materials from dealers for verification. The market rate as assessed by the
Architect and approved by the Employer will be adopted in the analysis of rates.

25.2 The measurement and valuation in respect of the contract shall be completed
within the "period of final measurements" stated in the appendix or if not so stated then
within six months of the completion of the contract works as defined in clause 30 hereof.

25.3 This clause shall not apply to contract or substituted items the quantities of which
individually exceed the quantities in the contract by any extend. Such excess quantities

Page62
 shall be paid for at market rates, and the Employer shall be at liberty to get them executed
through some other agency.

3.30 Green Building Practices

The Contractor shall comply with all Green building practices to be followed during
construction as explained in the Appendix I attached.

The cost for the above is deemed to have been included in the Tender submitted by the
Contractor.

3.31 Base rate for Cement and Steel

For the purpose of keeping uniformity in quoting, base rate for Cement and Steel are
considered as Rs.350/- Bag of Cement excluding GST and Rs.55000/- MT of Steel
excluding GST. The increase /decrease in rate of Cement and Steel from the base rate
will be adjusted time to time from running bills. For this purpose, all purchasing vouchers
to be produced while submitting each running bills.

Page63
PAYMENT CONDITIONS

4.1 Contractors Remuneration

4.1.1 The Final Contract price to be paid by the Employer to the Contractor for the whole of
the Works to be performed and for the performance of all the obligations undertaken by
the Contractor under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents shall be
ascertained by the application of the respective rates as quoted by Contractor in the Bill
of Quantities, agreed rates for extra items, against provisional sums approved claims and
escalations if any.

4.1.2 Payment will be made accordingly for the works that are actually executed, as per the
drawings and specifications including meeting the quantitative and quantitative
requirements of the Contract Documents, and approved and advised by the Architect.

4.1.3 The Final Contract Sum, so ascertained, shall (accepting only as and to the extent
expressly provided herein) constitute the sole and inclusive remuneration of the
Contractor under the Contract. No further or other payment shall be or become due to
payable to the Contractor under the Contract.

4.2 Rates in Bill of Quantities are to be inclusive

4.2.1 The unit rates tendered by the Contractor shall remain firm throughout the Contract
period. Escalation for materials and labour shall be paid, however, as per the criteria in
Clause 4.14.

4.2.2 The Rates as quoted in the Bill of Quantities shall be deemed to include and cover all
costs, expenses and liabilities of every description and all the risks of every kind to be
taken in executing, completing and handing over the works to the Employer by the
Contractor. The Contractor is deemed to have known, understood and allowed for the
nature, scope, magnitude and extent of the Works though the Contract Documents may
not precisely furnish them. The Contractor, in the submission of its Tender, shall make
such provision in the Rates, as if may consider necessary; to cover the costs of such items
of works and materials as may be required and necessary to complete the Works.

4.3 Rates of Cover Labour, Materials, Equipment etc.

Without in any way limiting the provisions of the preceding sub-clause, the Rates as
quoted shall be deemed to include and cover the cost of all equipment, temporary works
(except as provided herein), materials, labour, transportation, loading and unloading,
insurance, fuel, consumables, stores and the appliances that are to be supplied by the
Contractor and all other matters, in connection with each item in the Bill of Quantities
and execution of the Works or any portion thereof, until it is finished and is complete in
every respect and is maintained as shown or described in the Contract Documents or as
may be ordered in writing during the Contract Period.

4.4 Schedule of Rates to Cover Taxes and Duties

4.4.1 The Schedule of Rates (and therefore the Contract Sum) shall be deemed to include and
cover for all Customs Duties, Excise Duties, Sales Tax on Works Contract, Port Dues,
transport charges, octroi stamp duties, Central and State Government or local body or
Page64
 Municipal Taxes or Duties and /or taxes or duties from any other body whatsoever which
shall be applicable from time to time.

GST shall be deducted from the contractors running bill along with TDS, if not paid and
receipt produced by the contractor. Contractor to submit all purchase bills with GST paid
details and the same shall be deducted from his GST claim.

Income tax and other taxes as applicable shall be deduced at source from each of running
account bill at the prevailing rate on the gross amount of work done.

4.4.2 The Contractor from time to time shall obtain and pay for all permits and licenses that are
required to execute the Works.

4.5 Records and Measurement

4.5.1 The Employer shall, except as otherwise stated, ascertain and determine the value of the
works done in accordance with the Contract.

4.5.2 All items having a financial value shall be entered into the Measurement Book as
required by the Architect so that a complete record is maintained lf all works performed
under this Contract.

4.5.3 The measurement shall be taken jointly by the Employer or its authorized representative
shall by the Contractor prior to taking the measurements of any works, Employer shall
give reasonable notice to the contractor. If the Contactor fails to attend for measurement
after such notice or fails to countersign or records its objection within 7 (seven) working
days from the date of the measurement, then in any such event the measurements taken
by the Employer or its authorized representative shall be taken to be the correct
measurements and shall be binding upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall, at no extra
charge, provide assistance with the measurement appliances necessary to record the
measurement.

Should the contractor not attend or neglect or omit to sand such agent. The measurement
taken by Architect/Employer or provided by him shall be taken to be the correct
measurements of building works as per C.P.W.D. practice.

All authorized extra work shall be included in such measurements.

The measurements shall be signed and dated by both parties on the day of taking the
measurement on the Site on completion of the measurements.

4.6 Method of Measurement

4.6.1 The works shall be measured in accordance with the Method of Measurement identified
in the Specifications and bill of Quantities forming part of this Contract notwithstanding
any provisions in the relevant Indian Standard Method of Measurement or any general or
local custom unless noted in the Contract Documents.

4.6.2 In the situation where items are not covered by the Specifications and/or Schedule of
Rates, the method of measurement to be used shall be in accordance with the relevant
Method of Measurement issued by the Bureau of Indian Standards.

Page65
 Figured dimension on drawings shall supersede measurements by scale and drawing to
the large scale shall take precedence on those to a smaller scale.

The contractors shall provided suitable stones with flattop and build the same in ruble
masonry for the temporary benchmarks, all the pegs, for setting out the works, and fixing
the necessary built in masonry at such place and in such manner as the Architect or his
representative may determine.

4.7 Interim Applications for Payment/Running Bill

4.7.1 The Contractor shall prepare and submit his interim Application for payment/ Running
bill for the payment to the Employer once a month, throughout the Construction Period.

4.7.2 The Interim Application for Payment shall be presented in the format agreed in advance,
with the Employer and shall be supported by, but not necessarily limited to, detailed
measurements on items by item basis. The Employer reserves the right of not accepting
the valuation if the format is not adhered, agreed supportive documents are not furnished.

4.7.3 The Architect shall subsequently arrange to have the Interim Application for Payment
verified by taking, or causing to be taken, the required measurement of the executed
Works.

The Contractor shall ensure that relevant personnel or engineer is available with the
Employer at any time as required by the latter for the purposes of verification of site
measurements. In the absence of the Contractor’s personnel for purposes as mentioned
above, the Architect shall certify the measurements to his best judgment/ assessment, and
the Contractor will not be entitled to any re-scrutinising on recalculation of such certified
valuations.

4.7.4 In calculating the amount of each item due to the Contractor for payment, sums of less
than 50 paise shall be omitted and the total amount for each line item in the certificate
shall be rounded off to the nearest rupee.

4.7.5 A payment on account for the amount admissible shall be made by the Employer in
certifying the sum to which the Contractor is considered entitled by way of an interim
Application for Payment for the works executed, after deducting from this amount the
amounts already paid previously, the Security Deposit and such other amounts as may be
deductible or recoverable under the terms of the Contract.

4.7.6 The cost of materials, if any issued by the Employer shall be recovered at the rates
specified in the Contract Documents and or as mutually agreed between the Employer..

4.7.7 Retention money, Security Deposit, taxes like income Tax etc shall be deducted from the
Interim application for Payment. All the deposits of E.M.D, security deposit and retention
money will not bear any interest whatsoever.

4.7.8 No certification by the Employer supporting an Interim Application for Payment shall
itself be conclusive of the evidence that any work and/or materials to which it relates
is/are in accordance with the Contract. This shall not preclude the Architect /Employer
from requiring that bad, unsound, imperfect and unsatisfactory works be opened up,
removed and reconstructed or re-erected to the satisfactory requirements of the Contract
Document at no additional cost to the Employer. It is distinctly understood and agreed
Page66
 between the parties hereto the payment for the works already done is not a condition
precedent under this Contract for the execution of works remaining to be carried out.

4.7.9 The payment due to the Contractor shall be made by the Employer on Account Payee
cheque forwarding the same to the notified office of the Contractor. In no situation will
the Employer be responsible if the cheque is mislaid or misappropriated by unauthorized
person/persons. In all cases, the Contractor shall present its Interim Application for
Payment duly pre-receipted with proper revenue stamp affixed.

4.7.10 Receipt for payment made on account of the works when executed by a firm or corporate
body must be signed by an individual who has been given due power of attorney on
behalf of the Contractor. The exception is when the Contractor is described in the tender
as a limited company, in which case the receipts must be signed on behalf of the
Company by one of its executive officers or by some other person who has been given
responsibility to give receipt for the Company under a board resolution.

4.7.11 this shall not conclude, determine or affect in any way the rights of the Employer as to
the final account settlement and adjustments of the accounts or otherwise, in any other
way, vary or affect the Contract.

4.7.12 any certified Interim Application for Payment given relating to works done or materials
delivered may be modified or corrected by any subsequent certified Interim Application
of Payment or by the Final Certificate.

The Employer/Architect shall have power to withhold any certificate if the works or any
parts thereof are not being carried out to his satisfaction.

The Architect may be any certificates make any correction in any previous certificate,
which shall have been issued by him.

4.8 Retention Money

4.8.1 Retention Money, at the rate of 5% (five percent) of the gross amount of each Interim
application of payment/ running bill without limit.

4.8.2 Security shall become due to the Contractor upon the expiry of the Defects Liability
Period, provided that there is not outstanding claim against the Contractor. Any amounts
payable by the Contractor under the terms of the Contract may be deducted from the
Retention Money.

The amount of earnest money deposited by the contractor along with the tender and the
amount of Retention Money as specified in the "Invitation to tender and General
instruction to Contractor" deducted by the Employer from each running bill of the
contractor based on the work done under the contract, giving credit to the earnest deposit
for due performance by the contractor of all his duties and obligations under the contract
and or completion of the contract in all respects, provided that in case of reduction of the
Security deposit on account of any deduction made there from under clause 2.23, the
amount so deducted shall be recouped from the contractor from subsequent running bill
so as to restore the full amount of security deposit. The contractor without any interest as
per condition laid down in clause No. 4.7 in the case of default or breach on the part of
the contractor with respect to any of his obligations or duties under the contract, the
Employer may, at his on discretion forfeit the whole or any part of the Security Deposit.
Page67
4.8.3 All compensation or other sum of money payable by the contractor to the Employer
under the terms of this contract may be deducted from the security deposit and from any
sums, which may be due or may become due to the contractor from the employer on any
account whatsoever.

4.9 Secured Advance against Materials

4.9.1 Secured Advance against Materials can be made to the Contractor for materials delivered
to the Site by the contractor, for incorporation as permanent items into the Project, if the
Architect certifies its conformity with Contract Document.

4.9.2 This is subject to the Contractor proving to Architect that such materials are reasonably
required for the Works, are the bonafide property of the Contractor, suitable in quantity
for use in the works during the next 1 (one) month and are properly stored and protected
against loss and damages and entirely meet the requirements of the relevant
Specifications.

4.9.3 The Architect shall however, have the right to reject any such materials, of which it may
thereafter disapprove and to order the removal and in the case of such
rejection/disapproval, any losses resulting there from shall be borne by the contractor. It
is the intention of this Clause that all materials shall conform to the provisions of this
Contract.

4.9.4 The Contractor shall provide insurance to cover the full cost of materials which quality
for the Secured Advance.

4.9.5 The amount of any Secured Advance against materials shall be up to 75% of the cost of
the materials as assessed by the Architect and shall be limited to a maximum of 75% of
the cost as per the Rate quoted subject to the above conditions being met.

4.9.6 The Secured Advance so made shall be recovered from the subsequent Interim
Application for Payments/ running bills submitted by Contractor as and when the
material is incorporated in the Works.

4.9.7 The Contractor shall, while claiming the Secured Advance as above or otherwise, when
required by the Architect, produce all quotations, invoices, vouchers, accounts or
receipts, test reports etc to prove that the materials supplied by the Contractor are in
conformity with the Specifications.

4.10 No Interest on Delayed Payments due to Disputes etc.

4.10.1 No claim for interest or damage will be accepted by the Employer with respect to any
money, which may be in its possession, owing to any dispute, difference or
misunderstanding between the Employer and the Contractor. No claims will be
entertained for delays in payment due to the Contractor’s failure to sign the necessary
documentation associated with the interim Application for Payment or production of
vouchers, test reports etc as indicated above.

4.11 Final Account Bill

Page68
4.11.1 The Contractor shall submit its Final Account Bill to the Architect and the Employer
within 3 (three) months of the Final Completion of the Project as certified by the
Architect through the issuance of the Certificate of Final Completion. No further claims
shall be made by the Contractor or allowed by the Employer after submission of its Final
Account Bill.

4.11.2 A pre-requisite for the submission of the Final Account Bill shall be that the Contractor
certifies that the following items have been supplied by the Contractor and accepted by
the Employer.

i) All written guarantees and warranties as required by the Contract Documents.

ii) All operation & maintenance manuals, instructions for all plant and equipment
and all approvals.
iii) All clearances of payments of royalties, labour etc.
iv) All substantiating documentation that is required for the Final Account Bill.
v) 3 (three) sets of ammonia line prints and 1 set of soft copy which represent the as-
built drawings.

4.11.3 The Employer shall check and assess the Final Account Bill submitted by the Contractor
and after Architect has issued Certificate of Payment, payment will be effected within 60
(sixty) days of its receipt

4.11.4 With respect to items in dispute the Architect shall review the quantities and rates within
90 (ninety) days period, as may be necessary for verification.

4.12 Notice of Claims for Additional Payments

4.12.1 Should any circumstances arise that the Contractor considers that it is entitled to any
additional payment or compensation or it makes any claims whatsoever in respect of the
Works, it shall give notice in writing to the Architect and the Employer indicating the
basis on which it claims additional payment and/or compensation.

4.12.2 Such notice shall be given to the Architect and the Employer within 10 (Ten) days of
receiving the written instructions for such works from the Architect or upon the
happening of an event upon which the Contractor bases such a claim. Such notice will
contain full particulars as to the nature of such claim with full supporting details and the
amounts being claimed. Failure on the part of the Contractor to put forward any claim,
without following the time limits specified, shall be an absolute waiver thereof.
4.12.3 The Architect shall review such claims within 60 days and cause to discharge these in a
manner considered appropriate after due deliberations thereon. However, the Contractor
shall be obliged to carry on with the execution of the Works during the period in which
its claims are under consideration by the Employer, irrespective of the outcome of such
claim.

4.12.4 Where, in the opinion of the Architect additional payment for works considered extra is
justifiable in accordance with the Contract, the Employer shall arrange to pay the same in
the same manner as for normal Interim Application for payments. Such extra work,
approved by the Employer shall be governed by all the terms and conditions of this
Contract.

4.13 Escalation
Not applicable
Page69
4.14 Over Payment and Under Payment

4.14.1 Whenever any Claim for the payment of a sum by the Employer arises out of or under
this Contract, against the Contractor, the same any be deducted by the Employer from
any sum then due or which at any time thereafter may become due to the Contractor
under this Contract and failing that from the Contractor’s Security Deposit/Retention
Money, or the Contractor shall pay the claim on demand.

4.14.2 The Employer reserves the right to carry out post payment audit and technical
examination of the Final Account Bill/ final certified Application for Payment including
all supporting vouchers, abstracts etc during the Defects Liability Period.

4.14.3 It as a result of such audit and technical examination, any over payment is discovered in
respect of any work done, by the Contractor under the Contract, it shall be recovered by
the Employer form the Contractor by any or all of the means prescribed above. If
underpayment is discovered, payment shall be duly made by the Employer to the
Contractor.

4.14.4 The period to adjust for the overpayment or the underpayment by the Employer shall not
extent beyond the period of 2 (two) years from the date of the payment of the Final
Account Bill.

In case in which provisional quantities of materials are contained in the contract, the
contractor shall provided such materials to such amounts or to greater or lesser amounts
as the Architect/Employer shall direct in writing at the net rates at which he shall have
priced such item in his schedule of quantities should however any such items, be entirely
omitted, which omission shall be at the Architect's discretion, no profits on such items,
shall be allowed for the contractor.

4.15 Mobilisation Advance

An interest free Mobilisation Advance amounting to maximum of 5% (five percent) of

the Contract Sum shall be paid against a Bank Guarantee from any Nationalised Bank.

The Mobilisation Advance amount to 5% (five percent) of the Contract Sum shall be
released to the Contractor immediately after placing the work order against the
submission of Bank Guarantee for equivalent amount.

Mobilisation Advance will be recovered at the rate of 10% (ten percent) of the advance
amount of every interim application of payment/ running bill or any payment made to the
Contractor, starting from the second valuation.

Page70
LABOUR LAWS/ HEALTH/ SAFETY/ LOGISTICS

5.1 Labour and Employment Laws

5.1.1 No labour below the age of 18 (eighteen) years shall be employed on the Project.

5.1.2 The Contractor shall not pay the labourers engaged by it on the Project less than what is
provided for under the applicable laws, whether for time or piecework, based on the
applicable rates of wages as fixed under law at the time. The Contractor shall ensure that
the provisions in the Minimum Wages Act, as amended from time to time, are fully
complied with. The Contractor shall maintain the necessary registers and records for
payment of wages, overtime etc made to its workmen as required by the Conciliation
Officer (Central) Ministry of Labour, Government of India or such authorized person
appointed by the Central and/or State Government. The Contractor shall ensure this is
complied by its sub-contractor engaged on the Project, including any labour contractor
employed by him.

5.1.3 The Contractor, at his own expense, shall comply with all the current applicable labour
laws and keep the Employer indemnified thereof.

5.1.4 The Contractor shall pay equal wages to both men and women in accordance with the
applicable Labour Laws.

5.1.5 The Contractor is covered under the Contractor Labour (Regulation and Abolition) Act.
The Contractor shall obtain a license from the licensing authority (i.e. Office of the
Labour Commissioner) by payment of the necessary prescribed fee and deposit. Such
fees and deposits shall be borne by the Contractor and included in its Tender.

5.1.6 The Contractor shall employ labour in sufficient numbers, either directly or through sub-
contractors, to maintain the required rate of progress and of quality to ensure
workmanship is to the degree specified in the Contract documents and to the satisfaction
of the Employer.

5.1.7 The Contractor shall furnish to the Employer the labour returns of the number and
description, by trade, of the people employed on the Project every Saturday. This shall
be for the preceding week.

5.1.8 The Contractor shall submit on the last working day of each month to the Employer an
Accident Status Report. This shall show the accidents that occurred during that time
period; the circumstances under which they occurred; and the extent of damage caused by
them.

5.1.9 The Contractor shall submit on the last working day of each month to the Employer a
Maternity Benefits Statement. This shall identify the number of female workers who
have been allowed Maternity Benefit as provided under the Maternity Benefit Act 1961,
or the Rules made there under, and the amounts paid to them.

5.1.10 The Contractor shall comply with all the provisions of the following statutory acts or any
modifications thereto and the rules made there under from time to time.

- Indian Factories Act 1948

- Payment of Wages act 1936
Page71
 - Minimum Wages Act 1948
- Employers Liability Act 1938
- Apprentices Act 1961
- Workmen’s Compensation Act 1923
- Industrial Disputes Act 1947
- The Maternity Benefits Act 1961
- Contract Labour (Regulation and Abolition) act 1970
- Employment of Children Act 1933.

5.1.11 Should a report be made by an Inspecting Officer, as defined in the Contract Labour
(Regulation and Abolition) Act 1970, the Employer shall have the right to deduct from
any money due to the Contractor any sum required, or estimated to be required, for
making good the loss(es) suffered by a worker or workers by the reason of non-fulfilment
of the Conditions of the Contract relating to the benefits of workers, non-payment of
wages or of deduction made from their wages which are not justified by the terms of the
Contract or non-observance.

5.1.12 The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against any payments to be made under and
for the observance of the provisions of the aforesaid Act.

5.1.13 In the event of the Contractor committing a default or breach of any of the provisions of
the aforementioned Acts, as amended from time to time, or furnishing any information
or submitting or filling in any Form/Register/ Slip under the provision of these Acts
which is materially incorrect, then on the report of the Inspecting officers, the Contractor
shall, without prejudice to any other liability, pay to the Employer a sum not exceeding
Rs. 1000 as Liquidated Damages. This shall be applied to each incident for every default,
breach or furnishing, of submitting, making and/or filling-in materially incorrect
statements. The exact amount shall be fixed by the Employer.

5.1.14 In the event of the Contractor’s default continuing in this respect, the Liquidated
Damages may be increased to Rs. 100 per day for each day that default occurs up to a
maximum of 1% (one percent) of the Contract Sum.

5.1.15 The Employer shall deduct such amounts from the Interim Application for Payment or
the Security Deposit of the Contractor and credit the same to the Welfare Fund
constituted under these Act. The decision of the Employer in this respect shall be final
and binding.

5.2 Health and Sanitary Arrangements for Workers Employed by the Contractor

5.2.1 These rules shall apply to all the building and construction contracts.

5.2.2 In respect of all the labour directly or indirectly employed on the Project for the
execution of the works, which is for the performance of the Contractor’s part of this
Contract, the contractor shall comply with, or cause to be complied with, all the rules and
regulations of the local sanitary and other Authorities or as required by the Architect from
time to time for the provision of the adequate Health and Sanitary arrangements for all
workers.

5.2.3 The Contractor shall provide labour camps outside the premises of the Site
complete with all amenities such as electricity, water and other health and sanitary
arrangements as per the applicable labour laws and other statutory requirements.
Page72
 The Contractor shall also provide all the necessary transportation to the project site
and back to the labour camp for all their labour personnel accommodated in the
labour camps.

Under no circumstances will the contractor be allowed to have labour camps on site.

5.3 First Aid

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at the site, in an easily accessible place, first
aid supplies including an adequate supply of sterilized dressings and sterilized cotton
wool. These supplies shall be kept in good order and a member of the Contractor’s staff
trained to carry out this role shall be nominated to be in charge of the same and shall be
readily available during working hours.

The Contractor shall maintain on site at all times a car; it shall be available to take any
injured person or persons to the nearest hospital.

5.4 Drinking Water

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at one central location, easily accessible to
labour, a sufficient supply of safe drinking water.

The water supply storage container shall be no closer than 20 meters from any latrine,
drain or other source of pollution. Where water is obtained from an existing well, which
is within the proximity of latrines, drains or other sources of pollutions, the well shall be
properly chlorinated before water is drawn from it for drinking. All such wells such wells
shall be closed securely and be provided with a trap door that shall be dust proof and
shall seal the opening.

A reliable pump shall be fitted to each covered well. The trap door shall be kept locked
and shall be opened only for cleaning and inspection, which shall be done at least once a
calendar month.

5.5 Washing and Bathing Place

The Contractor shall provide adequate washing and bathing places separately for men and
women. Such places shall be maintained in a clear and dry state.

5.6 Latrines and Urinals

5.6.1 The Contractor shall provide on the Site, within accessible location, latrines and urinals.

5.6.2 The calculation of the number of units which shall be provided, separately for men and
women, is based on the following criteria:

No of seats

Where the number of persons 2

Does not exceed 50

Where the number of persons

Exceeds 50 but does not exceed 100 3
Page73
 Extra for every additional 100 persons 3

5.6.3 If women are employed on the Project site, separate latrines, screened from those
provided form men, shall be provided. They shall be clearly marked “For Women Only”
in local language. A poster/symbol showing the figure of women shall be exhibited at the
entrance of the latrines. There shall be an adequate water supply close to the latrines.

5.6.4 The latrines and urinals for men shall be separate and screened from the women’s. They
shall be clearly marked “For Men Only” in local language. A poster/symbol showing the
figure of man shall be exhibited at the entrance of the latrines. There shall be an adequate
water supply close to the latrines.

5.6.5 The latrines shall be:

(i) Water-flushed latrines if water borne sewage system is available.

(ii) Receptacles on a dry earth system which shall be cleared for time daily and at
least twice during working hours. The latrines shall be kept in a strictly sanitary
condition. The receptacles shall be scoured inside and outside at least once a year.

5.6.6 The latrine structure shall be constructed of masonry or some suitable heat resistant non-
absorbent material. It shall be cement plastered inside and outside at least once calendar
year. The latrine shall have thatched roofs.

5.7 Disposal of Excreta

The contractor shall make arrangements for proper disposal of excreta by incineration by
means of a suitable incinerator approved by the Municipal Medical Office of Health in
whose jurisdiction the project site is located.

5.8 Provision of Shelter

At the Site, the Contractor shall provide, free of cost, two suitable sheds for meals one
each for men and women, to be used by the labour force. The sheds shall have thatch
roofing, as a minimum, and reed flooring with a dwarf wall of 750mm. The sheds shall
be kept clean.

5.9 Crèches

The Contractor shall provide, where there are 50 or more women workers employed, two
huts for the use of children under the age of 6 years, who belong to these women. In
accordance with Clause 2/7.4, crèches are not allowed to be built on site.

One hut shall be used for the infant’s games and where they can play. The other hut shall
be used as bedroom.

The huts shall not be constructed to a lower level of construction than:

(i) Thatched roof

(ii) Mud floor and dwarf walls

Page74
 (iii) Planks spread over the mud floor and covered with matting.

The huts shall be provided with suitable and sufficient openings for light and ventilation.

There shall be an adequate supply of sweepers to keep the place clean. There shall be 2
sweepers always in attendance.

The sanitary utensils shall be provided to the satisfaction of the Health Officer in whose
locality the Site is located.

The use of the hut shall be restricted to the infants, their attendants and the mothers of
their children.

Where the number of women workers is more than 25 and less than 50, the Contractor
will provide at least one hut and 1 lady crèche attendant to look after the children of
women workers.

The size of the crèches will vary with the number of women workers.

5.10 Safety

5.10.1 The Contractor shall comply with all the provision of the Contract Labour (Regulation
and Abolition) Act 1970 and the rules made there under from time to time.

5.10.2 The Contractor shall comply with the Site safety Policy, of the Employer.

5.10.3 The Contractor shall comply with the Site Safety Manual of the Employer.

5.10.4 The Contractor is deemed to have included all costs in the Tender for compliance with
Clause 2/7.3.

5.10.5 The Contractor shall submit his Safety Plan within 21 (twenty one) days of notice of
Award.

5.10.6 The Contractor’s personnel must wear hard hats in areas designated as hard hat areas.
For failure to comply, the Contractor will be fined Rs. 60 (Rupees Sixty only) per day for
each operative who fails to comply. The Architect has the right to insist that the operator
is removed from the site with immediate effect. Such fines shall be deducted from the
contractor’s monthly valuation. All monies so deducted will credited to a separate cost
head and shall be used to increase safety awareness on the Project.

5.10.7 For work which fails to comply with the site’s health & safety requirements, The
Employer has the right to issue a Non-Compliance notice. The Contractor must comply
with the notice. Any costs or delays resulting from this notice are the responsibility of
the contractor.

5.10.8 The Contractor shall report immediately any injury to the Employer. In addition, the
Contractor shall complete the Accident Report from of the Employer and shall submit to
the Site Safety Officer of the Employer.
.
5.10.9 The Contractor shall not discuss any accident with the media.
Page75
5.10.10 Suitable and strong scaffolding should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot
be done safely from ground.

5.10.11 No portable single ladder shall be over 8 meters in length. The width between the side
rails shall not be less than 30 cm (clear) and the distance between two adjacent rungs not
more than 30 cm. when a ladder is used an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for holding
the ladder.

5.10.12 Excavated material shall not be placed within 1.5 meters of the edge of the trench or half
of the depths of trench whichever is more. All trenches and excavations shall be provided
with necessary fencing and lighting.

5.10.13 No floor roof or other part of the structure shall be so loaded with debris or materials as to
reader it unsafe.

5.10.14 Workers employed on mixing and handling materials such as asphalt cement, mortar or
concrete and lime mortar shall be provided with protective footwear and rubber hard
gloves.

Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with Welder’s protective eye shields
and gloves.

5.10.15 No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used expect in the form of paste or
readymade paints.

5.10.16 The workers should supply suitable facemasks for use then the paint is applied in the
form or spray or a surface having lead paint if dry rubbed and scrapped.

5.10.17 Overall shall be supplied by the contractor to the painter and adequate facilities shall be
provided to enable the working painters to wash themselves during period so cessation of
work.

5.10.18 Hoisting machines and tackle used in the works, including their attachments, anchorage
shall be maintained in perfect condition.

5.10.19 Ropes used in hoisting or lowering material or as a means of suspension shall be of

durable quality and of adequate strength and free from defects.

5.10.20 During shuttering and de-shuttering special care should be taken and such area protected
for other labour force.

5.11 Prohibition of Child Labour

5.11.1 Children as described in the labour laws are strictly prohibited on site. Violation of the
above will entitle the Architect to stop all works to the Contractor until all compliance is
ensured. Claims to stop on account of such delays or damages by the Contractor will not
be accepted. The Contractor shall ensure, with respect to all statutory requirements and
in conjunction with stipulations of Clause 5.10, a crèche is maintained for children for the
women working on site. Such crèches shall be constructed outside the site.

Page76
5.11.2 The Contractor shall fully indemnify the Employer and it’s Representative against any
legal action that may be initiated for deployment of child labour.

5.11.3 The Contractor shall put up sufficient signs, posters and notices, in both English and in
the local language categorically prohibiting employment of children in construction.

Page77
 SAFETY NOTES

The first aid kit with emergency medicines, sterilized dressings, cotton and instruments should be
maintained at a easily, readily accessible place at site.

The injured person shall be taken to a public hospital without loss of time, in cases where the injury
necessitates hospitalization.

Suitable and strong scaffolding should be provided for workmen for all works that cannot be done safely
from ground.

No portable single ladder shall be over 8 meters in length. The width between the side rails shall not be
less than 30 cm (clear) and the distance between two adjacent rungs not more than 30 cm. when a ladder
is used an extra mazdoor shall be engaged for holding the ladder.

Excavated material shall not be placed within 1.5 meters of the edge of the trench or half of the depths
of trench whichever is more. All trenches and excavations shall be provided with necessary fencing and
lighting.

No floor roof or other part of the structure shall be so loaded with debris or materials as to reader it
unsafe.

Workers employed on mixing and handling materials such as asphalt cement, mortar or concrete and
lime mortar shall be provided with protective footwear and rubber hard gloves.
Those engaged in welding works shall be provided with Welder’s protective eye shields and gloves.

No paint containing lead or lead products shall be used expect in the form of paste or readymade paints.

The workers should supply suitable facemasks for use then the paint is applied in the form or spray or a
surface having lead paint if dry rubbed and scrapped.

Over coat shall be supplied by the contractor to the painter and adequate facilities shall be provided to
enable the working painters to wash themselves during period of cessation of work.

Hoisting machines and tackle used in the works, including their attachments, anchorage shall be
maintained in perfect condition.

Ropes used in hoisting or lowering material or as a means of suspension shall be of durable quality and
of adequate strength and free from defects.

During shuttering and de-shuttering special care should be taken and such area protected for other labour
force.

Page78
 PROFORMA GUARANTEE BOND
Ten year guarantee to be stamped as an Agreement at the appropriate time.

Waterproofing treatment.

Name of the Contractor

Firm or Company
______________

To

Dear Sir/Sirs,
I/ we hereby guarantee that the waterproofing treatment done by me / us for _____________________
in pursuance of the order placed on me / us
by ___________ in letter of ______________________________________ shall remain effect and the
______________________ so treated shall remain water tight for a minimum period of ten years from
the certified date of actual completion of the work and in the event the treatment does not so remain
effective or has become ineffective due to any defect in the materials used, the workmanship and the
work, noticed and notified to me/us at any point of time with in the said guarantee period of ten years,
I/we do hereby promise to rectify the defect/ defects to your/ the Architect’s complete satisfaction,
when and as often required, within a reasonable period of receiving notice of such defect/ defects,
without any charges accruing to you, the Employer

(1) Name and Address of the Employer

(2) Brief description of structure/ area treated.
(3) The employer / G.B.W. contractor
(4) Letter in which (3) places order on guarantor firm.

2. The question that the waterproofing treatment carried out by me/us is/has become ineffective and
further treatment in/has become necessary to render the __________ waterproof shall be decided by the
_________ agreement decision in the matter shall be final and binding on us.

3. This guarantee shall remain valid and binding on me/us up to the date of expiry of ten years from
the date of completion by me/us of the waterproofing treatment work as certified by the Architects and a
further period of 6 months to cover the time required by me/us to rectify the defect/ defects if any,
notified to us as above referred, and shall not be cancelled or terminated and my/our liability hereunder
shall not be impaired or deemed discharged for any reason whatsoever including any change in the
constitution of myself/ourselves.

4. However, I/We shall not be held responsible in any way, if the work carried out by me/us is
subsequently damaged, tampered with or the ___________ is damaged due to sinking or subsidence or
by an act of God, beyond our control, causing leakage/ seepage.

5. I/we shall execute at the proper time a deed of guarantee in the above said stamp paper of
appropriate value.

Page79
 Signature of Guarantor
Firm/Company
Witnesses: Address:

1) Name

Address: Date:

2) Name Countersigned

Address: Signature of G.B.W. Contractor.

6. I/we had read the guarantee form and agree that my/our contract with the Employer _________
(1) for water proofing the ________ is wholly based on the 10 (ten) years guarantee which shall be
executed at the appropriate time on stamp paper of appropriate value and the guarantee is/shall form part
and parcel of the agreement for the water proofing work/ general builders work, with the employer
_____________________ (10)

Signature of Guarantor Tenderer for General Builders Work

Address:

Date:

Page80
 PROFORMA GUARANTEE BOND

TEN YEAR GUARANTEE TO BE STAMPED AS AN AGREEMENT AT THE APPROPRIATE TIME.

ANTI TERMITE TREATMENT TO BUILDING

Name of the firm/ Company

Offering the guarantee & address:

To
_____________________
_____________________
_____________________

Dear Sir/Sirs,

Sub: Pest Control Anti Termite Treatment – Pre construction as per IS 3613 (Part II) 1981 Pest Construction as
per IS 6313 (Part III) 1981.

1. I/We hereby certify that the foundation and structures of the building briefly described in the
schedule below have been pretreated/ treated by me/us, conforming to IS6313 (Part II) (Part
III) 1981, in pursuance of the order placed on me/us in Ref. __________________________________
____________________ of __________________________________________________ .

2. I/we hereby guarantee that the said foundations and structure/ structures of the said
buildings shall be safe against subterranean termite infestation/attack / termite activity for a
period of 10(ten) years from____

(1) Name & Address of the Employer

(2) Letter on which employer/ G.B.W. contractor places order for waterproofing
work on guarantor firm.

(3) Name & Address of employer/G.B.W. contractor placing order, sec (2).

(4) Date of completion of work, as certified by Architect.

3. In the event of the pretreated foundations and structures/ treated structures of the said
buildings being/becoming subject to subterranean infestation/ attack/ termite activity at any
point of time during the guarantee period of 10 (ten) years, I/we agree to carry out at our cost and
expense, alt and every treatment necessary to render the said foundations and structure/ structures of the
said buildings free of such subterranean termite, infestation/ attack/ termite activity, when and as
often as is required, within a reasonable infestation/ attack/ termite activity.

4. The question whether the said foundations and structures/ structure are or have become
subject to subterranean termite/ termite infestation/ attack/ termite activity and whether further treatment
is or has become necessary shall be decided by you/Architect. I/we agree that the matter shall be
final and binding on me/us.

Page81
5. Schedule (vide builders as per order Plinth area
Ref. vide para 1 above (at ground level)

_____ Sq.m

Yours faithfully,
Witnesses:
1
(Signature of Guarantor firm)
Address:
2. Countersigns (Signature of GBW Contractor)
Address:

6. I/we had read the guarantee form and agree that my/our contract with the Employer _________
(1) for water proofing the __________________________ is wholly based on the 10 (ten) year
guarantee which shall be executed at the appropriate time on stamp paper of appropriate value and the
guarantee is/shall form part and parcel of the agreement for the water proofing work/ general builders
work, with the employer __________________________.

Signature of Guarantor Firm/Company

Address:

Date:

Page82
ARTICLES OF AGREEMENT MADE THIS ---------------------- day of --------------- between ------------
--------------------------------- (Hereinafter referred to as the 'Employer') on the one part ----------------------
--------------- (Hereinafter referred to as the "Contractor" which expression shall include their successors
and assigns) of the other part. WHERE AS the employer is desirous of the ------------------------------------
--------------------------------- and has caused drawing and Specifications describing the work to be done
to be prepared by M/S ------------------------------------------------------------------

AND WHEREAS the said drawings, the specification and schedule of quantities have been signed by
or on behalf of the parties hereto.

AND WHEREAS the contractor has agreed to execute the work shown on the said drawings and/or
described in the specification and included in the said schedule of quantities at the rate hereinafter set
forth and on the terms, conditions, and general conditions (both hereinafter referred to as the said
conditions hereto annexed.)

AND WHEREAS the Contractor has deposited Rs. ____________________ as earnest money.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES AS FOLLOWS:

1. In consideration of the payments to be made to the Contractor as hereinafter provided, the

contractor shall upon and subject to the said conditions execute and complete the works shown
up on the said drawings and such further detailed drawings as may be furnished to him by the
said Architects and described in the said specification and the said Schedule of Quantities within
the time specified in the tender and accordance with the said condition.

2. The Employer shall pay the Contractor such sums as shall become payable hereunder at the times
and in the manners specified in the said Condition.

3. For the purpose of this contract, the firm "The Architect" or the "Said Architects" in whose
presents and in the said conditions shall mean M/S Ranjit P. John (Architect) or in the event of
their death or ceasing to be the architect for that propose of this contract, such other persons as
shall be nominated for that propose by the employer provided always that no person subsequently
appointed to be an Architect under this contract shall disregard or overlook any previous decision
or approval or direction given or expressed by the Architect for the time being with respect to any
work already done by the contractor under instructions of the Architect.

4. The invitation to tender, the acceptance of tender, drawings specifications, the schedule of
quantities and the said conditions and general conditions together with appendix shall be read and
construed as forming part of this agreement and parties hereto shall respectively abide by and
submit themselves to the conditions and stipulation and perform the agreements on their part
respectively as contained in the above mentioned documents.

5. The Contractor shall execute the whole and every part of the work in the most substantial and
workman-like manner and both as regards the materials and otherwise in every respect strictly in
accordance with the specifications and the drawings. The Contractor shall also confirm exactly,
fully and faithfully, to the designs, drawings and instructions in writing relating to the work
issued to them by the Architect from time to time.

6. The employer reserves the right of altering the drawings the nature of work and of adding to or
omitting any items of work or of having portion of the same carried out departmentally or
otherwise and such alterations or variations shall be carried out by the contractor without
prejudice to this contract. Any variation in the drawings and or specifications and any extra items
Page83
that are likely to come up during the execution of the work the contractor shall execute the same
and any rates that are due to the contractor because of the variations shall be arrived at as per
conditions laid hereinafter.

AS WITNESS OUR HANDS THIS__________day of ___________executed in

the name of and on behalf of the___________________________and signed by:

1. _______________________________________________for

2. ______________________________________________

Signed by the Owner ___________________________

In presence of Shri_______________________

Witness

Signed by the said Contractor _______________

In presence of ____________________________

Witness

Page84
 LIST OF APPROVED MAKE MATERIALS

1. Dhanvan 20 : Chlorpyrophose 20% EC

Northern Minerals Ltd.

2. Heptachlor : Nocil,

3. Steel Windows : “A.S.C.” Parry

4. Solignum : Shalimar, Goodlass, Nerolac,

Jenson & Nicholson.

5. Flush Doors : duro, Corbett, Greenply (The door should be

with hard wood filler with conforming to IS 2202)

6. Commercial Ply and : Duro, National.

7. Bitumen : Shalimar, MCPL, Bhart Petrolium.

8. Water-proof Cement Paint : Super Snowcem

9. Primer paint and other paints : Goodlass, Nerolac, British Paints,

Jenson & Nicholison, Shalimar, ICI.

10. Wax Polish : Mansion

11. Motice Latches : Godrej, Haridima, Harrison, Dorset

KABA
12. Fibre-glass tissue and special
Roofing asphalt : Shalimar, Huchen

13. Bitumen Sealing : Shalimar

14. R.C.C. Pipes : Indian hume pipe Co. or I.S.A. Mark

15. Gully traps and stoneware : Perfect (Jubbalpore)

16. Vitreous China fittings : Hindustan Sanitaryware, Jaguar, Cera

17. Plastic flushing cisterns : Duralite, Commander,

18. Fire-Clay sinks : Sanifare

19. Ordinary and C.P. bib-cocks : Jaquar, Parryware, Hindware

20. Bricks : From approved kilns of Bagpat/ Bijnor.

21. G.I. Pipes (B. Class) : TATA, Jindal,

22. Full –way valves : Leader, Sant

23. Water Meter : Capstan, Kaycee, Anand Asahi.

Page85
24. White glazed tiles : Kajaria, Johnson, Somany Orient,

25. Structural Steel & other steel works : TATA.

26. Coarse sand and stone aggregate : From approved quarry

27. Window Glass : Saint Gobain, Tata Float.

28. Aluminium sections : Hindalco or Jindal or Indal

29. Ironite : Heately Gresham, Hardonate

30. Aluminum Door : Hindalco, Indal, Jindal

31. Terrazo Tiles : Nitco, Modern

32. Building lime : Santna

33. White Lime : Dehradun

34. PVC Pipes : Polypack, Supreme, AKG

35. Polysulphide Sealant : Asian Paints, Techseal

36. PVC cisterns-Durlote : Parrys Slimline

37. Stainless Steel Sinks : Neelkanth, AMC, Lotus, Jayna

38. Geyser : Venus, recold, Bajaj

39. Door closers : Everite, Prabhat, Garnish, Doorset, IPSA

40. Waterproofing Compound : Cico, Impermo, SIKA

41. Aluminium fittings : Jaina.

42 Timber : Ist class Indian teak wood. (Moisture content

shall be within the specified limit i.e. 12% as per
applicable IS codes).

43. Reinforcement Steel : TATA

44. Cement : OPC 43 Grade for Structure

PPC for Plastering
Brands Approved: Ultratech/JK Lakshmi.

45. C.I. Pipes and fittings : R.I.F.

46. Bricks : From Bhagpat, Bijnor (Uttar Pradesh.)

Page86
Note:

Specialized items of works such as anti-termite treatment, water-proofing etc. shall be carried out only
through a reputed firm and with the prior approval of the Architect. Names of some of these firms are
included below. Where more than one manufacturer is specified in the tender it shall be procured with
the prior approval of the Architect.

LIST OF SPECIALIST FIRMS

A. Water proofing treatment

1. Oversea Water Proofing Corporation

2. Structural water proofing Co. Ltd.
3. Roof water proofing Co. Ltd.
4. Excel water proofing
5. M/s. Impex International
6. Chohan Creation
L-184, Multani Dhanda, Pahar Ganj, New Delhi-110055.

B. ANTI TERMITE TREATMENT

1. Pest control treatment

2. Pest control operations
3. Pest control India.

Page87
 APPENDIX HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO IN SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

1. Defects liability period : Twelve months after certificate date of

completion.

2. Date of commencement of work : Seven days after the date of letter accepting tender.

3. Stipulated period of completion : As mentioned.

4. Agreed liquidated damages and : 1% of the tendered amount per week of

delay in completion of work delay subject to a maximum of 10% of the contract
value.

5. Security deposit : 5% of the certified amount including cost of steel

and cement.

6. Period of submission of final bill : Three months after completion of work.

7. Please note that tenders submitted without earnest money or in any form other than a Demand
Draft in favour of “The Principal, St. Stephen’s College payable at New Delhi, will be
summarily rejected.

8. Earnest Money : As mentioned

9. Issue rate for reinforced steel : Rs.55000/- MT. (Excluding GST)

10. Issue rate for cement : Rs.350/- Bag. (Excluding GST)

11. The rate quoted by the contractor shall be exclusive of GST.

12. If the maximum clear dimensions of a panel between beam ribs are 1200 mm or less, then only
the shuttering of the beams and slabs shall be paid as coffer slab shuttering. Only the exposed
surfaces of RCC shall be measured for payment.

13. Ply shuttering.

Waterproofing ply shall only be used for all beams, slabs, staircase slabs, columns etc. the ply
thickness shall be 12mm ply/new steel shuttering plates only shall be permitted for slab
shuttering.

14. Unless mentioned otherwise in the schedule of quantities the rates quoted shall apply to work for
any height of shuttering and work at all heights above and below ground level.

15. Fine sand (Jamuna sand) shall confirm to grading zone IV of the IS specifications. It can
generally be obtained by mixing one part of coarse sand with two parts of Jamuna sand by
volume.

16. Programs furnished by the contractor shall indicate the requirement of drawings and details. The
program shall be reviewed once in every two months. If found a delay than a penalty of Rs.
5000/- (Rupee Five thousand only) per day shall be deducted from each running bill, and the
same shall be reimbursed on successful completion within the stipulated period of completion of
project.
Page88
17. Contractor shall submit computerized bills and measurement sheets along with CD for
verification and certification. Hand written bills will not be entertained for verification and
certification of R/A and final bills. Joint measurement book shall also submit along with bills for
different stages of work. The stages shall be set out in consultation with Architect prior to
submission of bills.

18. A programme shall be submitted along with the tender for completing the project in Nine months
along with fund flow required.

19. The contractor shall undertaken all building and site development works as per National Green
Tribunal norms and guidelines set forth by NGT for construction works. The contractor
shall follow strictly the norms and guide lines set forth by the local statutory bodies and
authorities in addition to NGT norms. Any penalty imposed by NGT or statutory local
authorities for not following their norms and guidelines shall be borne by the contractor.

20. The silt content in coarse sand and fine sand shall not be more than ten percentages.

21. Mandatory test for all building materials shall be undertaken and the result shall be entered
into a register maintained at site. For the purpose of test a laboratory shall be set up at site by the
contractor, results of such test shall be got approved by the Architect prior to put in use for
execution. Any test which needs to be done through an outside agency or lab, the agency/ lab
shall be got approved by the Architect prior to sending to the lab or agency. The testing charges
shall be borne by the contractor.

22. The moisture content in teak wood shall not be more than twelve percentages.

CONTRACTORS SIGNATURE

DATE:

ADDRESS:

Page89
NOTES:

1. Contractors are advised go through the drawings prior to submission of tender.

2. All bills and measurement sheets shall be submitted in excel sheets both hard copy and soft copy
in approved format.

3. Cement consumption statement shall be submitted along with each running bill and final bill.

4. Bar bending schedule for each R.C.C. item shall be submitted along with requirement of steel.

5. Theoretical consumption of steel shall be submitted with each running bill and final bill.

6 Photograph from different angles in 8"x10" size in duplicate shall be submitted along with
running bills and four numbers of final photographs shall be submitted along with final bill to be
got done through an approved photographer from different angles.

Signature of Contractor with seal

Page90
 CHECKLIST FOR CONTRACTOR'S TENDER SUBMISSION

PROJECT : St. Stephen’s College at Delhi.

PACKAGE : Sanitary and Plumbing works.
CONTRACTOR/ VENDOR :

S. No. Description Yes No NA Remarks

/Deviation
if any
A Tender Submittal- Confirming to
A.1 Tender drawings signed and sealed
A.2 Tender books signed and sealed
A.3 Certificate that the contractor has fully acquainted
itself with site and is fully aware of const., material
& labour requirements for this project
A.4 Declaration disclosing works for which contractor
has already entered into contract (If not furnished as
part of current pre-qualification documentation)
A.5 Value of work remaining execution (if not furnished
as part of current pre-qualification docs.)
A.6 Disputes pending in respect of any contract in a
court or any other forum (if not furnished as part of
current pre-qualification documentation)
A.7 Certified copies of registration Certificate,
partnership deed and Power of attorney of Articles
of Association in case of Limited Co.
A.8 Proof of technical and organizational competence to
execute the work supported with testimonials and
certificates from organisations for whom similar
works were executed in past 5 years (if not
submitted as part of current pre-qualification docs)

A.9 Site organisation chart

A.10 Program for completion (Bar chart with Milestones)
A.11 Availability of contractor’s representatives for
interview at the time of final negotiation and award.
A.12 List of plant, equipment and machinery proposed for
deployment on project, attached
A.13 List of sub-contractors (if any)
A.14 Safety plan, org chart, dedicated safety officer and
their roles
A.15 Compliance with local regulation –
Page91
A.16 Labour licence
A.17 Necessary details provided in EHS guidelines
B General Conditions of contract- Confirming to
B.1 Quotes are based on makes of first preference.
B.2 Variation in quantities shall not be deemed to be
breach of contract by the contractor
B.3 Security of material / works at site is responsibility
of contractor
B.4 Warranty - as per the conditions of the contract
B.5 Insurance- CAR/ EAR/ ESI/ PF/
B.6 Timelines - supply / installation
B.7 Inspection and Testing of materials/plumbers
license.
B.8 QA/ QC Plan
C Special Condition of contracts- Confirming to
C.1 Validity of offer
C.2 Firm price till the completion of the project
C.3 Tax break-up
C.4 Acceptance of Payment terms
C.5 RA Bill Payment
C.6 Acceptance of Bank Guarantee
C.7 Fiscal Aspects

Signature
Vendor:
Note: The tender document is liable for rejection without these submissions.

Page92
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT OF SANITARY AND PLUMBING
WORKS FOR ST. STEPHEN’S COLLEGE AT DELHI.

Page93
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR PLUMBING SYSTEM

PROJECT BRIEF

Project is a institutional building at St. Stephen’s College. Project is designed by a well-known Architect
“Ranjith P. John Architect”.

SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT FOR PLUMBING WORKS

1. GENERAL

1.1 Work under this contract shall be executed as shown on the drawings and given in the specifications
and required at site whether specifically shown or not.

1.2 Special conditions of contract shall be read in conjunction with the general conditions of the contract,
specifications of the work, drawings and any other document forming part of this contract, wherever the
content so requires.

Not- withstanding the sub division of the documents into these separate sections and volumes every part
of each shall be deemed to be supplementary to and complementary of every other part and shall be read
with and into the contract.

Where is mentioned in the specifications that the contractor shall perform certain work or provide certain
facilities, it is understood that the contractor shall do at this cost.

The materials, design & workmanship shall satisfy the applicable codes & ordinances the job
specifications, contained herein and codes referred to where the job specifications and requirements
stipulate in addition to those contained in the standard codes and specifications, these additional
requirements shall also be satisfied.

2. SCOPE OF WORK

2.1 Work under this contract consist of furnishing labour, materials, equipment and appliances necessary
and required to completely do all works relating to the plumbing system as described here-in-after and
shown on the drawings.
a. Sanitary Fixtures and Accessories
b. Soil, Waste, Vent and Rain water pipes
c. water supply
d. Pumps & Water Treatment Plant

3. INTERPRETATION

3.1 In interpretation of specifications, the following order of decreasing importance shall be followed:

a. Schedule of quantities & Drawings

b. Additional specifications.
c. List of approved make of materials.

Matters not covered by the specifications given in this contract as a whole shall be covered by relevant
and latest applicable codes. If such codes on a particular subject have not been framed, the decision of
the Architect shall be final and binding.

Page94
4. RESPONSIBILITIES OF CONTRACTORS

4.1 The procurement and supply in sequence and at the appropriate time of all materials and
consumables shall be entirely the contractor's responsibility and his rates for execution of work will be
inclusive of supply of all these items.

5. SPECIFICATIONS

5.1 Work shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the specifications as mentioned in 3.0 above and
as per local bye laws.

6. EXECUTION OF WORK

6.1 The work shall be carried out in conformity with the contract drawings and within the requirements of
architectural, HVAC, plumbing, electrical, structural and other specialized services drawings.

6.2 The contractor shall co-operate with all trades and agencies working on the site. He shall make
provision for hangers, sleeves, structural openings and other requirements well in advance to prevent hold
up of the construction schedule.

6.3 The work shall be executed strictly as per the time schedule given in the tender document.

6.4 A joint programme of execution of work will be prepared by the contractor based on priority
requirement of the project. This programme will take into account the time of completion mentioned in
6.3 above and the time allowed for the priority works by the Architect.

7. DRAWINGS

7.1 Drawings are diagrammatic and approximately to scale unless detailed otherwise. They are not
intended to show structural details or architectural features. Contract documents establish scope, material
and installation quality and are not detailed installation instructions.

7.2 Architectural drawings shall take precedence over contract or other services drawings as to all
dimensions.

7.3 Examine architectural, landscape, structural and electrical drawings and work of other trades to ensure
work can be carried out. Conflicts or additional work not covered by drawings and specifications shall be
brought to attention of Architect before start of work.

7.4 All drawings issued by the Architects for the work are the property of the Architects and shall not
be lent, reproduced or used on any other works than intended, without the written permission of the
Architects.

8. TENDER INFORMATION

8.1 Information, levels and dimensions given in the tender drawings are supposed to be correct but the
contractor shall make independent enquiries and verify the same. No claims for extras shall be admissible
in case of any deviations or incorrectness of the information.

Page95
8.2 The contractor shall obtain all information relating to the local regulations, bye-laws, application of
any and all laws relating to his work or profession. No additional claims shall be admissible on this
account.

9. MATERIALS

9.1 Provide new materials and equipment not less than quality specified and of current models with
published ratings and readily available replacement parts.

9.2 Use same brand or manufacturer throughout, unless otherwise specified, for each specific application
of equipment or material.
9.3 Equipment shall have manufacturer’s name, model number, capacity and serial number attached. Do
not insulate or paint over plates.

9.4 Contractor may be required to purchase such materials of particular make or from a particular source
if in the opinion of the Architect the same is necessary and required for the proper and reasonable
compliance of the specifications and in the interest of better quality of work.

10. INSPECTION AND TESTING OF MATERIALS

10.1 Contractor shall be required to produce manufacturer's test certificates for the particular batch of
materials supplied by him. The test carried out shall be as per the relevant applicable Standards.

10.2 For examination and testing of materials and works at the site contractor shall provide all testing and
gauging equipment necessary but not limited to the following:

a. Steel tapes.
b. Weighing machines.
c. Plum bobs, spirit levels, hammers.
d. Micrometers
e. Hydraulic test machine, pressure gauge, flow meter.

10.3 All such equipment shall be tested for the calibration at any approved laboratory, if required by the
Architect
10.4 All testing equipment should be located at the site.

10.5 The contractor shall carry out the various tests as enumerated in the technical specifications of
tender documents that will be furnished to him during the performance of the work.

10.6 All tests whether on the field or outside concerning the execution of the work and supply of materials
by the contractor shall be carried out by the contractor at his own cost.

10.7 The work is subjected to inspection at all times by the Architect. The contractor shall carry out all
instructions given during inspection and shall ensure that the work is being carried out according to the
technical specifications of this tender. The technical documents will be furnished to him during the
performance of the work and the relevant codes of practice.

10.8 The contractor shall provide for purpose of inspection access ladders, lighting and necessary
instruments at his own cost.

Page96
10.9 All results of inspection and tests will be recorded in the inspection reports, Performa of which will
be approved by the Architect. These reports shall form part of the completion documents.

10.10 Any work not conforming to the execution drawings, specifications or codes shall be rejected
forth with and the contractor shall carry out as per the specification at his own cost.

11. REFERENCE POINTS

11.1 Contractor shall provide permanent bench marks, flag tops and other reference points for the proper
execution of work and the same shall be preserved till the end of the work.

11.2 All such reference points shall be in relation to the levels and locations given on the architectural and
contract drawings.

12. REFERENCE DRAWINGS

12.1 The contractor shall be given one sets of all drawings. He shall photocopy and maintain one set of all
drawings issued to him as reference drawings. These shall not be used on site.

12.2 The following changes and deviations from contract drawings shall be marked which shall be
incorporated in the completion drawings.

 Alteration to piping, mechanical equipment and associated work.

 Inverts of services at key points within building, entering and leaving building and at property line.
Dimension services in relation to structure and building grid lines for buried services, manholes,
catch basins and outside shut off valves.
 Locations of concealed piping, conduit and equipment such as fire dampers, clean outs, service
valves and access doors.
 Have marked up white prints available at site for inspection.

13. WORKING/ SHOP DRAWINGS

The contractor shall submit to the architect of the working/shop drawings for the entire installation under
his scope of work. These shall include the following complete layouts of all the services.
 Details of seismic sway bracing and restraint systems as required by the local bye laws.
 Physical and dimensional data.
 Service space requirements.
 Electrical requirement data.
 Performance data.
 Manufacturer’s specifications.
 Installation instructions.
 Starting instructions.
 Maintenance instructions.
 Operating instructions.
14. COMPLETION DRAWINGS

14.1 On completion of works, contractor shall submit one complete set of original tracings and two prints
of "AS BUILT" drawings to the Architect. These drawings shall have the following information.

Page97
 a. Run of all piping, with diameters on all floors and vertical stacks.
b. Run of all fire lines with diameters, location of control valves, access panels.
c. Location of all mechanical equipment with layout and piping connections.
d. Run of control wiring and circuit diagrams of motor control panels.

14.2 Contractor shall provide six sets of catalogues, maintenance manuals, performance data and list of
spare parts together with the name and address of the manufacturer for all electrical and mechanical
equipment provided by him.

14.3 All "Warranty Cards" given by the manufacturers shall be handed over to the project engineer.

15. CONTRACTOR'S RATES

15.1 Rates quoted in this tender shall be inclusive of cost of materials, labour, supervision, erection, tools,
plant, scaffolding, services, connections, transport to site, taxes, octroi and levies, breakage, wastage and
all such expenses as may be necessary and required to completely do all the Items of work and put them
in a working condition to the satisfaction of the project engineer.

15.2 Rates quoted are for all heights and depths required for this work and must be for complete items
inclusive of such accessories, fixtures and fixing arrangements, nuts, bolts, hangers as are a standard
part of the particular item unless given separately in the schedule of quantities.

15.3 All rates quoted shall be inclusive of cutting holes and chases in walls and making good the same
with cement concrete. Contractor shall provide holes, sleeves, recesses in the concrete and masonry work
as the work proceeds.

15.4 The schedule of rates is to be read with all the other sections of this tender document.

15.5 The Architect reserves the right to interpolate the rates of such items of work falling between
similar items of lower and higher magnitude.

15.6 All items of work, in the schedule of rates shall be carried out as per the specifications, drawings and
instructions of the Architect, and the rates shall provide for supply of required materials, consumables,
skilled and unskilled labour, supervision, tools and tackles, etc., as called for in the detailed specifications
and conditions of the contract.

16. TESTING

16.1 Piping system shall be tested as specified under the relevant clause of the specifications and shall be
performed in the presence of the clerk of works.

16.2 All materials and equipment found defective shall be replaced and the whole work again tested to
meet the requirements of the specifications, at the cost of the contractor.

16.3 Contractor shall perform all such tests as may be necessary and required by the local authorities to
meet the municipal or other bye-laws in force at his own cost.

16.4 Contractor shall provide free of cost all labour, equipment and materials for the performance of the
test.

Page98
17. SITE CLEARANCE AND CLEAN-UP

17.1 After all the fixtures, equipment and appliances have been installed and commissioned, contractor
shall clean up the same and remove all plaster, paint, stains, stickers and other foreign matter and
discoloration leaving the system in a ready to use condition.

18. LICENCE AND PERMITS

18.1 Contractor must hold a valid license issued by the Municipal Authority or other competent authority
under whose jurisdiction the work falls.

18.2 Contractor must keep constant liaison with the competent Municipal or other local Authority and
obtain approval of all works carried out by him if required.

18.3 Contractor shall obtain from the municipal authority completion certificate with respect of his work
as required.

18.4 All inspection fees or submission fees paid by the contractor shall be reimbursed by the employer on
production of valid official receipts.

Page99
PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION I - SANITARY FIXTURES

1. SCOPE OF WORK

1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour materials necessary and required to
completely install all sanitary fixtures, chromium plated fittings and accessories required by the drawings
and specified hereinafter or given in the schedule of quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing the sanitary fixtures shall include all sanitary
fixtures, C.P. fittings and accessories, etc., necessary and required for the building.

1.3 Whether specifically mentioned or not all fixtures and appliances shall be provided with all fixing
devices, nuts, bolts, screws, hangers as required.

1.4 All exposed pipes within toilets and near fixtures shall be chromium plated brass or copper unless
otherwise specified.

2. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.1 Sanitary fixtures shall be of the best quality approved by the Architect. Wherever particular makes are
mentioned, the choice of selection shall remain with the Architect.

2.2 All fixtures and fittings shall be provided with all such accessories as are required to complete the item
in working condition whether specifically mentioned in the schedule of quantities, specifications or
drawings or not.

2.3 All fixtures and accessories shall be fixed in accordance with a set pattern matching the tiles or interior
finish as per architectural/interior designer's requirements. Wherever necessary, the fittings shall be
centered to dimensions and pattern desired.

2.4 Fixing screws shall be half round head chromium plated brass screws with C.P. washers wherever
required as per directions of site engineer / Architect.

2.5 All fittings and fixtures shall be fixed in a neat work manlike manner true to level at shown on
drawings and in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations. Care shall be taken to fix all inlet
and outlet pipes at correct positions. Faulty locations shall be made good and any damage to the finished
floor, tiling or terrace shall be made good at contractor's cost.

2.6 When directed contractor shall install fixtures and accessories in a mock up room for the approval of
the Architect. Sample room fixtures may be re-used on the works if undamaged, but no additional
payment for fixing or dismantling shall be admissible.

3. EUROPEAN W.C. SET

3.1 European W.C. shall be floor/ wall mounted set of best quality flushed by means of an exposed or
concealed or dual flush type flushing cistern.

Page100
3.2 Each W.C seat shall be so fixed that it remains absolutely stationery in vertical position without falling
down on the W.C. and color shall be as given in the schedule of quantities.

3.3 Where fixtures or trim come in contact with wall and/or floor, joint shall be made watertight with
white silicone based non-hardening caulking compound, finished in a neat manner.

3.4 Concealed cistern shall be installed as per manufacturer's specification.

4. WASH BASIN

4.1 WASH basins shall be colored or white glazed vitreous china of best quality, size, shape and type
specified in the schedule of quantities.

4.2 Each basin shall be with R.S. or C.I brackets and clips and the basin securely fixed to wall. Placing of
basin over the brackets without secure fixing shall not be accepted.

4.3 Each basin shall be provided with 32 mm dia. C.P. waste with overflow, popup waste or rubber plug
and chain 32 mm dia. C.P. brass bottle trap and angle valves with C.P. pipe wall and flange as given in the
schedule of quantities.

4.4 Each basin shall be provided with mixing fitting or self closing pillar taps for public toilets and / or as
specified in the schedule of quantities.

5. SINKS (Where applicable)

5.1 Sinks shall be stainless shall or any other material as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

5.2 Each sink shall be provided with painted MS or CI brackets and clips and securely fixed. Counter
top sinks shall be fixed with suitable painted angle iron brackets or clips as recommended by the
manufacturer. Each sink shall be provided with 40mm dia CP waste and rubber plug with CP brass chain
as given in the Schedule of Quantities. The MS angle shall be provided with two coats of zinc chromate
red oxide primer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of make, brand and colour as approved by the
Owner’s site representative.

5.3 Sanitary fittings for sinks shall be deck mounted or wall mounted CP swivel faucets with or without
hot and cold water mixing fittings as specified in the Schedule of Quantities. Installation of fittings shall
be measured and paid for separately.

6. TOILET PAPER HOLDER

6.1 Toilet paper holder shall be white glazed vitreous china or chrome plated of size, shape and type
specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

6.2 Porcelain toilet paper holder shall be fixed in walls and set in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement: 2 coarse
sand) and fixed in relation to the tiling work.

6.3 The latter (chrome) shall be fixed by means of screws/capping having finish similar to the toilet paper
holder in wall/temper partitions with rawl plugs or nylon sleeves. When fixed on timber partition, it shall
be fixed on a solid wooden base member provided by the Owner’s Site Representative.

Page101
7. LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER

7.1 Liquid Soap Dispenser shall be wall / counter mounted suitable for dispensing liquid soaps, lotions,
detergents. The cover shall lock to body with concealed locking arrangement, opened only by key
provided.

7.2 Liquid soap dispenser body and shank shall be of high impact resistance material. The piston and
spout shall be stainless steel with 1 litre capacity polyethylene container.

7.3 The valve shall operate with less than 2.27 Kg (5 lbs) of force.

8. TOILETS FOR THE DISABLED

8.1 Where specified, in washroom facilities designed to accommodate physically disabled, accessories
shall be provided as directed by the Owner’s Site Representative.

8.2 Stainless steel grab bars of required size suitable for concealed or exposed mounting and peened non-
slip gripping surface shall be provided in all washrooms.

8.3 The flushing cistern/valve shall be provided with chromium plated long handles.

9. LABORATORY SINK

9.1 Sinks shall be white vitreous shall or any other material as specified in the Schedule of Quantities.

9.2 Each sink shall be provided with painted MS or CI brackets and clips and securely fixed. Counter
top sinks shall be fixed with suitable painted angle iron brackets or clips as recommended by the
manufacturer. Each sink shall be provided with 40mm dia CP waste and rubber plug with CP brass chain
as given in the Schedule of Quantities. The MS angle shall be provided with two coats of zinc chromate
red oxide primer and two coats of synthetic enamel paint of make brand and colour as approved by the
Owner’s site representative.

10. ACCESSORIES

10.1 Contractor shall install all chromium plated and porcelain accessories as shown on the drawings
directed by Engineer/Architect, and given in the schedule of quantities.

10.2 All C.P. accessories shall be fixed with C.P. brass half round head screws and cut washer in wall
with raw plugs and shall include cutting and making good as directed by Engineer/Architect.

10.3 Porcelain accessories shall be fixed in walls and set in cement mortar 1:2 (1 cement : 2 fine sand) and
fixed in relation to the tiling work.

11. MEASUREMENT

11.1 Rate for providing and fixing of sanitary fixtures and accessories shall include all items, and
operations stated in the respective specifications and schedule of quantities, and nothing extra is
Payable.

Page102
11.2 Rates for all items under specifications para above shall be inclusive of cutting holes and chases and
making good the same, C.P. screws, nuts, bolts and any fixing arrangement required and recommended by
manufacturers, testing and commissioning.

12. FINAL INSTALLATION

12.1 The contractor shall install all sanitary fixtures and fittings in their final position in accordance with
approved trial assemblies and as shown on drawings. The installation shall be complete with all supply
and waste connections. The connection between building and piping system and the sanitary fixtures shall
be through proper unions and flanges to facilitate removal/replacement of sanitary fixtures without
disturbing the built in piping system. All unions and flanges shall match in appearance with other
exposed fittings.

12.2 Fixtures shall be mounted rigid, plumb and to alignment. The outlets of water closet pans and similar
appliances shall be examined to ensure that outlet ends are butting on the receiving pipes before making
the joints. It shall be ensured that the receiving pipes are clear of obstruction. When fixtures are being
mounted, attention shall be paid to the possibility of movement and settlement by other causes. overflows
shall be made to ensure that necessary anchoring devices have been provided for supporting water closets,
wash basins, sinks and other appliances.

13. PROTECTION AGAINST DAMAGE

13.1 The contractor shall take every precaution to protect all sanitary fixtures against damage, misuse,
cracking, staining, breakage and pilferage by providing proper wrapping and locking arrangement till the
completion of the installation. At the time of handing over,

13.2 The contractor shall clean, disinfect and polish all the fixtures and fittings. Any fixtures and fittings
found damaged, cracked chipped stained or scratched shall be removed and new fixtures and fittings free
from defects shall be installed at his own cost to complete the work.

14. TESTING

14.1 All appliances, fixtures and fittings shall be tested before and after installation.

14.2 Water seals of all appliances shall be tested.

14.3 The contractor shall block the ends of waste and ventilation pipes and shall conduct an air test.

Page103
SECTION II - SOIL, WASTE, VENT PIPES AN DRAIN WATER SYSTEMS

1. DESIGN PARAMETERS

The drainage piping system for the project is designed keeping in view the following:

1.1. Double stack drainage system is adopted for the soil and waste down take pipes from all the levels
1.2. The system is designed to cater the high thrust developed at soil & waste pipe connections.
1.3. Termination of vent cowl at terrace / service level.
1.4. Adequate slope for horizontal header pipes shall be provided for achieving self-cleaning velocity
in the pipes.
1.5. Cleanout plugs at all the required points as per the drawings and site condition shall be provided so
as to facilitate easy maintenance.
1.6. Online P-Traps / Gulley traps shall be provided at the junction of vertical stack and main
horizontal header pipes so as to ensure minimum 100 mm water seal.
1.7. Sewage generated will be disposed off into the corporation drainage network.
1.8. All the terrace rain water runoffs will be disposed off into ground level.
1.9. Maximum intensity of rainfall is considered for design is 75 mm/hr.
1.10. Average Co-efficient of Run-off is taken as 0.80.

2. SCOPE
2.1. Schedule of Rates shall also be read in conjunction with this technical specification so as to have a
complete view of the specifications for the particular item.
2.2. Soil and waste drainage pipes from all the wet areas of the project. The soil and waste drainage
line shall be connected to the city main sewerage system
2.3. Rain water down take pipes from all the terraces to rain water disposal network.
2.4. Rain water pipes from all other open areas / balconies / loggia, etc. to storm water drain network in
the building periphery and final disposal.
2.5. Surface drainage pipes / network below ground in the building periphery and landscaped areas
2.6. Drainage from landscaped areas from one collection point for various levels / areas in the building.
2.7. AHU / FCU drainage from one point to final disposal

The Contractor shall make all necessary application and arrangements for his work to be inspected
by the Local Authorities.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining the Authorities approval of his
works prior to the handing over of the complete drainage piping system installation to the
Owner.

3. BASIC DRAINAGE SYSTEM

3.1. The soil and waste pipes shall be circular with a minimum diameter of 100mm. Pipes shall be
fixed by means of stout GI clamps in two sections, bolted together, built into the walls, wedged
and neatly jointed as directed and approved by the Architect. All bends, branches, swan neck and
other parts shall conform to the requirement and standards as described for the pipes. Pipes shall be
rested against the walls on suitable wooden cradles. Local authority regulations applicable to the
installations shall be strictly followed.

Page104
3.2. Where indicated, the soil pipes shall be continued upwards without any diminution in its diameter,
without any bend or angle to the height shown in the drawings. All soil & waste pipes shall be
painted as provided under `painting'. All vertical soil pipes shall be firmly fixed to the walls with
properly fixed clamps, and shall as far as possible be kept 100 mm clear of wall.

3.3. Every waste pipe shall discharge above the grating of properly trapped gully. The contractor will
ensure that this requirement is adequately met with. Wherever floor traps are provided, it shall be
ensured that at least one wash is connected to such floor traps to avoid drying of water seal in the
trap. Ventilating pipes shall be provided conforming to the requirements laid down below. Anti-
syphon vent pipes / relief vent pipes where called for on the drawings shall be as specified below.
The pipes shall be of the diameter shown on the drawings.

3.4. All traps on branch soil and waste pipes shall also be ventilated at a point not less than 75mm or
more than 300mm from their highest part and on the side nearest to the soil pipe or waste pipes.

3.5. Access doors for fittings and clean outs shall be so located that they are easily accessible for repair
and maintenance. Any access panel required in the civil structure, false ceiling or marble cladding
etc. shall be clearly reported to the architect in the form of shop drawings so that other agencies are
instructed to provide the same.

3.6. All the fittings used for connections between soil, waste and ventilation pipes and branch pipes
shall be made by using pipe fittings with inspection doors for cleaning. The doors shall be
provided with 3mm thick rubber insertion packing and when closed and bolted shall be air and
water tight.

3.7. Where soil, waste and ventilating pipes are accommodated in shafts ducts, adequate access to
cleaning eyes shall be provided.

3.8. Head (starting point) of drains and sewage / waste water sumps (as and where applicable) having a
length of greater than 4 m up to it connection to the main drain or manhole shall be provided with
a 80 / 100 mm vent pipe.

4. PIPING MATERIALS
The piping material for various types of drainage, considered for this project, is classified as
below:

4.1 Cast Iron Hubless Pipes with grooved fittings EN: 877: 1999 / IS 15905 -2011: -

i) All soil and waste drainage pipes throughout the site within the building from floor traps / W.C’s /
fixtures to the vertical stacks and subsequent to external drainage system
ii) All lab and pantry waste line from traps / equipment drains to vertical stacks and vertical stacks to
horizontal main headers
iii) Basin / urinal and kitchen equipment connections for all the pipe sizes.
iv) All rain water pipes from the terraces as well as balconies / loggias

4.2 Low Noise PP Pipes and fittings EN 12056: - (Optional in lieu of Cast Iron drainage pipes):-

i) All soil and waste drainage pipes throughout the site within the building from floor traps / W.C’s /
fixtures to the vertical stacks.

Page105
ii) All lab waste line from traps / equipment drains to vertical stacks and vertical stacks to horizontal
main headers
iii) All AHU / FCU / HVAC equipment condensate drains
iv) All rain water pipes from the terraces as well as balconies / loggias.

4.3 G. I. pipes and fittings: -

i) G.I. pipes and fittings shall be used for sump drainage.

4.1 Cast Iron Hubless Pipes with Grooved fittings EN: 877 : 1999 / IS 15905-2011.

4.1.1 General Specifications for Execution

i) The cast pipes and fittings shall conform to EN: 877: 1999.
ii) Spigot cast iron pipe systems are connected by mechanical metal couplings which can be
assembled either with open straps or push-fit, depending on the model. These couplings are
equipped with elastomer gaskets ensuring flexible assembly and water tightness.
i) All CI pipes and fittings shall bear the manufacturer's name and EN & IS specification to which
it confirms.
ii) All pipes and fittings shall be coated internally and externally with the same material at the
factory, the fittings being preheated prior to total immersion in a bath containing a uniformly
heated composition having a tar / other suitable base. The coating material shall have good
adherence and shall not scale off. The coating shall be smooth and tenacious and hard enough
not to flow when exposed to a temperature of 77 degree C but not so brittle at a temperature of '0'
degree C as to chip off when scratched lightly with a pen knife.
iii) All pipes and fittings before installation at site shall be tested hydrostatically to a pressure of
0.45 Kg/sq. cm without showing any sign of leakage, sweating or other defects of any kind. The
pressure shall be applied internally and shall be maintained for not less than 15 minutes. All
these tests shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer/Architect. Alternatively a test
certificate from manufacturers be obtained before dispatch of material to site.

iv) Cast Iron Specialties

If required, Cast iron specialty items such as deep seal floor traps, urinal traps, trap integral
pieces with integral inlet / outlet connections, manhole cover with frame, chamber cover etc.
shall be fabricated to suit individual location requirements. The contractor shall arrange the
fabrication of these items from an approved source.
v) Rubber lined galvanized steel clamps and brackets, legend boards shall be used for the
installation in the vertical shafts.
vi) All pipes and fittings for the entire project shall be sourced from the single reputed vendor
vii) Installation shall be to the satisfaction of Engineer/Architect.

4.1.2 Joints with Pig Lead / Drip Seal or hubless with groove fittings:
The approximate depth and weights of Pig Lead / Drip Seal for various diameters of CI pipes and
specials shall be as follows:

Page106
 Sr. No. Nominal size of Pipe (mm) Lead per Joint (Kg) Depth of Lead Joint (mm)
1 50 0.77 25
2 80 0.88 25
3 100 0.99 25
4 150 1.5 38

4.2 PP Low level of Noise Pipes & Fitting EN 12056.

4.2.1 System description

The pipe material shall be sound-absorbing; hot water resistant that is suitable for all pressure
less sewage pipes according to European standards 12056. The pipes and molded parts are made
of mineral reinforced Polypropylene, so that general sound protection is guaranteed from the
extraction positions to the manifold. Although it is conceived as a sound-absorbing sewage pipe
and is also permitted as main pipe up to the connection duct. The pipe shall have long life, and
like all plastic materials, it is corrosion-resistant and resistant to aggressive effluents. No crust
formation takes place due to the smooth surface. The lesser weight in comparison with metallic
pipes and the quick, safe plug-in fittings of the system make it easy to lay.

The piping material shall be resistant to hot water temperature -20ºC to 95ºC temperature
loading. Low noise can be used for the drainage of wastewater between pH 2 and pH 12, eg in
professional kitchens up to the house connection duct.

The system is designed for professional wastewater installations in (multiple storey) buildings
and can be installed in the following fields of application:
- Single waste or drain pipes
- Collector pipes
- Stack pipes
- Ventilation pipes
- Rain stack pipes
- Underground pipes up to inspection chamber / manhole

4.2.2 Sound protection properties

The excellent sound protection properties of Low noise can be attributed primarily to its thick-
walled design as well as special molecular structure and the high density of pipe and moulded
parts. This property enables Low noise to absorb air as well as mechanical vibrations. In studies
conducted at the fraunhofer Institute for Bauphysik (Fraunhofer Institute for Building Physics),
Stuttgart, Low noise has proven its excellent sound absorption properties under near-real
installation conditions. A contribution to sound protection is also made by the compensator
socket that functions as the control connector between pipes. At a maximum of every 3m it
isolates the sewage pipe from the following system (mechanical vibration isolation).

4.2.3 Technical Data

Material:

Page107
 Polypropylene, mineral reinforced, resistant to hot water DIN 4102 B2.

Physical characteristics:
Chemical resistance ~ pH 2 and pH 12
Temperature ~ -20ºC to 95ºC
E-modulus ~ 3200 N/mm2
Coefficient of thermal linear expansion ~0,09 mm/mK
Fire resistancy ~ DIN 4102, B2

4.2.4 Fire Protection

In exceptional cases where fire protecting measures are necessary, the Low noise Fire Protection
Collar (Type NE/compact) is the integral solution in the Low noise System. The fireproof
blowing material inside the collar creates a mechanical pipe seal. Thus preventing fire
transmission and providing a smoke tight lock for at least 90 minutes.

Components
The fire collars are made from powder coated sheet steel with a push-in fastening and tab fixings
with an integrated intumescent material for reliable closure in the event of fire.
Also included:
Insulation mat
Fixing kit
Identification label
Declaration of conformity

Floor Trap

The highly functional Floor Trap completes the existing Low noise range.
The Low noise Floor Trap has unique features such as an air tight baffle construction and the
incorporation of proven Low noise seals. The Low noise Floor Trap can be directly applied
within the Low noise soil and waste system design.
In the design of the Low noise Floor Trap; knowledge has been integrated from both a functional
installation as well as a hydraulic perspective.
Important aspects in the designing process were:
 Knock-out prevention
 SBR seals
 Absorbs/correct installation mistakes
 Durability
 Resistant to difficult installation circumstances

CLEAN OUTS

The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of cleanout
plugs on all the drainage pipes, as follows:

Schedule of Rates shall also be read in conjunction with this technical specification so as to have a
complete view of the specifications for the particular item.

Floor Clean Out Plug

Page108
 i) Clean out plug for soil, waste or rain water pipes laid under floors shall be provided near pipe
junctions bends, tees, “Ys” and on straight runs at such intervals as required as per site conditions.
ii) Cleanout plugs shall terminate flush with the floor level. They shall be threaded and provided with
key holes for opening.
iii) Cleanout plugs shall be cast brass suitable for the pipe dia with screwed to a GI socket.
iv) The socket shall be joined to the drain pipes.

Cleanout on Drainage Pipes

i) Cleanout plugs shall be provided on head of each drain and in between at locations indicated on
plans or directed by Engineer/Architect.
ii) Cleanout plugs shall be of size matching the full bore of the pipe but no exceeding 150 mm dia CO
plugs on drains of greater diameters shall be 150 mm dia. Fixed with a suitable reducing adapter.
iii) Floor cleanout plugs shall be cast brass.
iv) Cleanouts provided at ceiling level pipe shall be fixed to a PVC tail piece. The cleanout doors, in
case of pipes, shall be specially fabricated from light weight galvanized sheets and angles with
hinged type doors with fly nuts, gasket etc. as per drawing.

FLOOR DRAINS

The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of various
floor drains as follows:

Schedule of Rates shall also be read in conjunction with this technical specification so as to have
a complete view of the specifications for the particular item.

Floor Trap Inlet / Hopper

Bath room traps and connection shall ensure free and silent flow of discharging water. Where
specified, contractor shall provide a special type of floor inlet fitting fabricated from C.I / G.I pipe,
with one, two or three inlet sockets joined on side to connect the waste pipe. Inlet shall be
connected to a C. I. ‘P’ / ‘S’ trap or multi inlet floor trap.
Floor trap inlet and the traps shall be set in cement concrete blocks where buried in floors without
extra charge.
Floor trap for the shower cubicle shall suit site and as per the approval of Engineer/Architect.

BENEFITS

SEAL CONSTRUCTION

The already proven Low noise seal construction is included in not only the top inlet but on all inlets and
even on the outlet. This seal construction gives the Floor Trap the same performances/reliability as the
already established Low noise fittings and pipes and gives maximum freedom in installing this Floor
Trap.

BAFFLE CONSTRUCTION

The baffle construction is air tight under all circumstances. The high tolerances during production
guarantee the functionality during the installed life time. A specially designed inspection plug enables to

Page109
access the area under the baffle in order to inspect and clean this area. The Floor Trap volume is
designed in such a way that a maximal discharge capacity is reached.
BLIND PLUGS

In case not all the inlets are used two PP-blind plugs are added to the Floor Trap. These blind plugs are
easy to mount to the inlets of the Floor Trap and secure a leakage free sealing of unused connections to
the Floor Trap.
TESTING

The pipes shall be plugged preferably with standard design plugs or with rubber plugs on both sides, the
upper end shall, however, be connected to a pipe for filling with water and getting the required head
poured at one time approx 8 hours.

Page110
SECTION III - WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM

1. DESIGN PARAMETERS
The cold Water supply piping system for the project is designed keeping in view the following:
1.1. Requirement of adequate and equal pressure availability of cold & hot water lines in all the areas.
1.2. Water will be supplied at min. 2 kg/cm2 pressure at all the user points in the building.
1.3. All the water supply pipe sizes shall be designed for maximum water velocities up to 2.0 m/sec for
quieter operation and wherever quick closing valves are installed, shock absorbing devices shall be
installed to prevent water hammer.

2. SCOPE
The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of piping
network for water supply for internal and external services as follows:
2.1. Municipal / Borewell / Tanker Water supply for incoming services.
2.2. Domestic Water Supply –Cold.
2.3. Drinking Water Supply.
2.4. Flushing Water Supply
2.5. Water supply connections at one point to cater for landscape and water features requirements

The Contractor shall make all necessary application and arrangements for his work to be inspected
by the Local Authorities.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining the Authorities approval of his
works prior to the handing over of the complete water supply / distribution installation to the
Owner.

3. PIPING MATERIALS

The piping material for various types of water supplies, considered for this project, is classified as
below:

3.1 STAINLESS STEEL PIPES, FITTINGS AND VALVES

3.1 All Domestic pipes within the shaft and toilets for domestic, flushing and hot water distribution
systems (in chases or under the floor) shall be Stainless steel pipes of grade AISI 316/304 as per JIS
standard 3448 complete and/or as specified in the bill of quantities. The fitting shall also be of
stainless steel press fit design of grade AISI 304.

The fixing technique used press fitting with simple cold mounting. The fitting is quick, solid and
permanent. This involves clamping the fittings around an integral polymeric seal using an electro-
mechanical tool. This technique takes less time and less manpower for a large installation than
other jointing methods. As this method is also flame free, quick-to-joint and low weight, the
installation cost can be substantially reduced. No pipes shall be run inside as sunken floor as for as
possible. Pipes may be run under the ceilings or floors and other areas as shown in drawings.
Specialized workmen to be provided for SS piping.

3.1.1 Hangers and supports

Page111
 Hangers should not have rough or sharp edges which come in contact with the tubing.
Supports should be as per the below mentioned table:

Pipe Size Support spacing for Support spacing for vertical lines in
horizontal lines in meters meters
12:16 0.80 1.00
16:20 0.80 1.00
20:25 1.00 1.00
25:32 1.20 1.20
32:40 1.20 1.20
40:50 1.20 1.20
50:63 1.20 1.20
63:75 1.20 1.20
75:90 1.20 1.20
90:110 1.20 1.20

The bracket spacing’s above are based on a maximum deflection on 0.25cm between the
brackets.
In case of external piping supports will be provided at every fitting in such a way that all joints
are having support.

3.2 G. I. PIPES & FITTINGS

3.2.1 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR EXECUTION

i) The pipes shall be galvanized mild steel welded (ERW) or (HFW) screwed and socketed
conforming to the requirements of IS:1239 and all necessary fittings confirming to IS: 1879 (part
1 to 10).

ii) The Galvanising shall conform to IS:4736, the zinc coating shall be uniform, adherent
reasonably smooth and free from such imperfections as flux, ash and drop inclusions, bare
patches, black spots, pimples, lumpiness, runs, rust strains, bulky white deposits and blisters.

iii) The pipes and sockets shall be cleanly finished, well galvanised in and out and free from cracks,
surface flaws laminations and other defects. All screw threads shall be clean and well cut. The
ends shall be cut cleanly and square with the axis of the pipe.

iv) The fittings shall be malleable iron and comply with all the requirements of the pipes. The size of
pipes and fitting is specified in the schedule of quantities.

v) Rubber lined galvanized steel clamps and brackets, legend boards shall be used for the
installation of the copper pipes and fittings.

vi) The pipes shall be fixed / installed with clamps / structural metal supports as required /directed at
site including cutting chases & fitting the same with cement concrete / cement mortar as
required, including painting of the exposed pipes with one coat of desired shade of enamel paint.

vii) All pipes and fittings for the entire project shall be sourced from the single reputed vendor.

viii) Installation shall be to the satisfaction of Engineer / Architect.

3.2.2 LAYING AND JOINTING OF GI PIPES

Page112
 i) The galvanized pipes and fittings shall run in wall chase or ceiling or as specified. The fixing
shall be done by means of standard pattern holder bat clamps keeping the pipes about 1.5 cm
clear of the wall where to be laid on surface.
ii) Where it is specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted for pipes fixed in the shafts,
ducts etc. there should be sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools.
iii) As far as possible, pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given
against damage and where so required special care to be taken at joints.
iv) Where directed by the Owner’s Site Representative, pipe sleeves shall be fixed at a place the
pipe is passing through a wall or floor for reception of the pipe and allow freedom for expansion
and contraction and other movements.
v) In case of pipe is embedded in walls or floors it shall be painted with anticorrosive bitumastic
paints of approved quality.
vi) Under the floors the pipes shall be laid in layer of sand filling.
vii) Galvanised iron pipes shall be jointed with threaded and socket joints, using threaded fittings.
viii) Care shall be taken to remove any burr from the end of the pipes after threading.
ix) Teflon tape, White lead or an equivalent jointing compound of proprietary make shall be used,
according to the manufacturer’s instructions, with a grommet of a few strands of fine yarn while
tightening.
x) Compounds containing red lead shall not be used because of the danger of contamination of
water.
xi) Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted with bituminous paint to prevent corrosion.

3.2.3 PIPING INSTALLATION SUPPORT (VALID FOR GI PIPING ONLY)

i) Tender drawings indicate schematically the size and location of pipes. The Contractor, on the
award of the work, shall prepare detailed working drawings, showing the cross-sections,
longitudinal sections, details of fittings, locations of isolating and control valves, drain and air
valves, and all pipe supports. He must keep in view the specific openings in buildings and other
structure through which pipes are designed to pass.

ii) Piping shall be properly supported on, or suspended from, on stands, clamps, hangers as
specified and as required.

iii) The Contractor shall adequately design all the brackets, saddles, anchor, clamps and hangers, and
be responsible for their structural stability.

iv) Pipe work and fittings shall be supported by hangers or brackets so as to permit free expansion,
contraction and vibration.

v) All accessories and ancillaries of support system such as brackets, saddles, clamps, hangers etc.
shall be hot dip galvanized after fabrication.

vi) Further to permit free movement of common piping, support shall be from a common hanger bar,
fabricated from galvanized steel sections.

vii) Pipe hangers shall be provided at the following maximum spacings:

Page113
 Pipe Dia(mm) Hanger Rod Dia (mm) Spacing between Supports (m)
Up to 25 6 2
32 to 50 10 2.7
80 to 100 12 2.7
125 to 150 16 3.6
200 to 300 19 5.3

However, we recommend using approved channel supports for all the pipes of 200 mm dia and
above.

viii) Insulated piping shall be supported in such a manner as not to put undue pressure on the
insulation. 14 gauge metal sheets shall be provided between the insulation and the clamp, saddle
or roller, extending at least 15 cm. on both sides of the clamps, saddles or roller.

ix) All pipe work shall be carried out in a proper workman like manner, causing minimum
disturbance to the existing services, buildings, roads and structure. The entire piping work shall
be organized in consultation with other agencies work, so that area can be carried out in one
stretch.

x) Cut-outs in the floor slab for installing the various pipes area are indicated in the drawings.
Contractor shall carefully examine the cut-outs provided and clearly point out wherever the cut-
outs shown in the drawings, do not meet with the requirements.

xi) Pipe sleeves, larger diameter than pipes, shall be provided wherever pipes pass through walls and
slab and annular space filled with fibre glass and finished with retainer rings.

xii) The contractor shall make sure that the clamps, brackets, saddles and hangers provided for pipe
supports are adequate or as specified / approved by Consultants. Piping layout shall take due care
for expansion and contraction in pipes and include expansion joints where required.

xiii) All pipes shall be accurately cut to the required sizes in accordance with relevant BIS codes and
burrs removed before laying. Open ends of the piping shall be closed as the pipe is installed to
avoid entrance of foreign matter. Where reducers are to be made in horizontal runs, eccentric
reduces shall be used for the piping to drain freely. In other locations, concentric reduces may be
used.

xiv) All buried pipes for CWS shall be cleaned and coated with two coats of bitumen and then
wrapped with two layers of 400 micron polythene sheet coating.

xv) Automatic air valves shall be provided at all high points in the piping system for venting. All
valves shall be of 15mm pipe size and shall be associated with an equal size isolation ball valve.
Automatic air valves shall also be provided on hot water risers.

xvi) Discharge from the air valves shall be piped through a galvanized steel pipe to the nearest drain
or sump. All pipes shall be pitched towards drain points.

xvii) Pressure gauges shall be provided as shown on the approved drawings and include in Bill of
Quantities. Care shall be taken to protect pressure gauges during pressure testing.

Page114
 xviii) Temperature gauge as specified shall be provided at the hot water supply and return and as
shown on drawings and included in Bill of Quantities.

3.2.4 FERRULES:

i) The ferrules for connection with main shall generally conform to IS: 2692. It shall be of non-
ferrous materials with a bell mouth cover and shall be of nominal bore as specified.

ii) The ferrule shall be fitted with a screw and plug or valve capable of completely shutting of the
water supply to the communication pipe, as and when required.

iii) Fixing Ferrules - For fixing ferrule in cast iron mains, the empty main shall be drilled and tapped
at 45 deg to the vertical and the ferrule screwed in. The ferrule must be so fitted that no portion
of the shank shall be left projecting within the main into which it is fitted.

4.0 TESTING OF PIPING SYSTEMS

i) The Contractor shall notify the Engineer/Architect ten days in advance of any test so that the
Engineer can witness the tests if he so wishes.

ii) All water supply system shall be flushed before testing and tested to hydrostatic pressure test of
at least one and a half (1.5) times the maximum pressure but not less than 20 bars for a period of
not less than 8 hours.
iii) All leaks and defects in joints revealed during the testing shall be rectified and got approved at
site by retest. Piping required subsequent to the above pressure test shall be retested in the same
manner.
iv) System may be tested in sections and such sections shall be entirely retested on completion.

v) The Contractor shall make sure that proper noiseless circulation of fluid is achieved through the
entire piping network of the system concerned. In case of improper circulation, the contractor
shall rectify the defective connections. He shall bear all expenses for carrying out the above
rectifications including the tearing up and refinishing of floors and walls as required.

vi) In addition to the sectional testing carried out during the construction, contractor shall test the
entire installation after connections to the overhead tanks or pumping system or mains. He shall
rectify all leakages and shall replace all defective materials in the system. Any damage done due
to carelessness, open or burst pipes or failure of fittings, to the building, furniture and fixtures
shall be made good by the contractor during the defects liability period without any cost.

vii) After commissioning of the water supply system, contractor shall test each valve by closing and
opening it a number of times to observe if it is working efficiently. Valves which do not
effectively operate shall be replaced by new ones at no extra cost and the same shall be tested as
above.

vii) After test register shall be maintained and all entries shall be signed and dated by Contractor(s)
and Owner’s site representative.

5.0 DISINFECTION OF PIPING SYSTEM AND STORAGE TANKS

Page115
 i) Before commissioning the water supply system, the contractor shall arrange to disinfect the
entire system as described in the succeeding paragraph.

ii) The water storage tanks and pipes shall first be filled with water and thoroughly flushed out. The
storage tanks shall then be filled with water again and disinfecting chemical containing chlorine
added gradually while tanks are being filled to ensure thorough mixing. Sufficient chemical shall
be used to give water a dose of 50 parts of chlorine to one million parts of water.

iii) If ordinary bleaching powder is used, the proportions will be 150 gm of powder to 1000 liters of
water. The powder shall be mixed with water in the storage tank. If a proprietary brand of
chemical is used, the proportions shall be specified by the manufacturer.

iv) When the storage tank is full, the supply shall be stopped and all the taps on the distributing
pipes are opened successively working progressively away from the storage tank. Each tap shall
be closed when the water discharged begins to smell of chlorine. The storage tank shall then be
filled up with water from supply pipe and added with more disinfecting chemical in the
recommended proportions.

v) The storage tank and pipe shall then remain charged at least for three hours. Finally the tank and
pipes shall be thoroughly flushed out before any water is used for domestic purpose.

vi) The pipe work shall be thoroughly flushed before supply is restored.

6.0 STERILIZATION OF MAINS

After the pipe work has been tested and approved, but before it is coupled, it shall be sterilized
with a solution of chloride of lime.

7.0 CUTTING CHASES IN MASONARY WALLS

i) Cold water distribution pipes to fixtures and equipment exposed to view in the bathrooms,
kitchens, and sanitary compartments shall be chased into walls or floors or placed in wall
cavities. The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting all notches, chases, and recesses in walls
and floors and only a diamond cutter shall be used. The maximum size of conduit or pipe
permitted to be concealed in floor slabs shall be 32 mm diameter unless otherwise approved by
the Architect.

ii) The chases upto 7.5 x 7.5 cm shall be made in the walls for housing GI pipes etc. These shall be
provided in correct positions as shown in the drawings or directed by the Architects. Chases shall
be made by chiseling out the masonry to proper line and depth. After the pipes etc are fixed in
chases, the chases shall be filled with cement mortar 1:2:4 or as may be specified, and made
flush with the masonry surface. The concrete surface shall be roughened with wire brush to
provide a key for plastering.

Where pipes pass through beams or structural walls, subject to the approval of the Structural
Consulting Engineer, the Contractor shall ensure that sizes and locations of openings required are
formed in when the relevant beams or walls are cast. The galvanised pipes and fittings shall run
in wall chase or ceiling or as specified. The fixing shall be done by means of standard pattern
holder bat clamps keeping the pipes about 1.5 cm clears of the wall where to be laid on surface.

Page116
 iii) Where it is specified to conceal the pipes, chasing may be adopted for pipes fixed in the shafts,
ducts etc. there should be sufficient space to work on the pipes with the usual tools.

iv) As far as possible, pipes may be buried for short distances provided adequate protection is given
against damage and where so required special care to be taken at joints.

v) Where directed by the Owner’s Site Representative, pipe sleeves shall be fixed at a place the
pipe is passing through a wall or floor for reception of the pipe and allow freedom for expansion
and contraction and other movements.

vi) In case of pipe is embedded in walls or floors it shall be painted with anticorrosive bitumastic
paints of approved quality.

vii) Under the floors the pipes shall be laid in layer of sand filling.
Galvanised iron pipes shall be jointed with threaded and socket joints, using threaded fittings.

viii) Care shall be taken to remove any burr from the end of the pipes after threading.

ix) Teflon tape, White lead or an equivalent jointing compound of proprietary make shall be used,
according to the manufacturer’s instructions, with a grommet of a few strands of fine yarn while
tightening.

x) Compounds containing red lead shall not be used because of the danger of contamination of
water.

xi) Any threads exposed after jointing shall be painted with bituminous paint to prevent corrosion.

VALVES & THEIR ACCESSORIES

1. GENERAL

1.1. The scope of this section comprises the supply, installation, testing and commissioning of various
valves – butterfly, gate, globe, check, safety, ball, sluice, float valves etc. on all the water supply
pipe lines.
1.2. Schedule of Rates shall also be read in conjunction with this technical specification so as to have a
complete view of the specifications for the particular item.
1.3. Necessary unions shall be provided on both ends of the valves for easy replacement.
1.4. The joints between fittings and pipes shall be leak-proof when tested to desired pressure rating.
The defective fittings and joints shall be replaced or redone.
1.5. Different piping materials for the water supply are used in the project and so based on the type and
material of pipe used, the material of valves shall be selected.
1.6. Tail pieces as required shall be supplied along with valves.
1.7. Gate, globe and check valves shall conform to Indian Standard IS: 776 and non-return valves and
swing check type reflux to IS: 5312.

2. FOR VALVES UPTO 50 MM DIAMETER

2.1. All valves (ball, gate, globe, check, safety) shall be with 16 bar (PN16) rating and design as
specified.

Page117
 2.2. Valves shall be installed with unions or flanges at both the ends.
2.3. Globe valves on Hot-water line shall be union end suitable for temperature upto 80° C.
2.4. Two-piece brass forging body and end piece, brass alloy blow out proof stem, free floating
chromium plated brass ball, TFE seats, and full port opening ball valves shall also be used for for
pipe sizes upto 50 mm diameter.
2.5. All valves shall be suitable for the working pressure involved.

3. BUTTERFLY VALVES

3.1. For all the pipe sizes above 50 mm Butter fly valves shall be used for hot and cold water supplies
3.2. PN16 rated Butterfly valve wafer type double eccentric disc with rubber gasket, flanges / unions,
flange adaptors, nuts, bolts, washers, etc. shall be used for all the pipe sizes above 50 mm
diameter. The disc shall be made of ductile iron with rilsan coated / SS 316.

4. CHECK VALVES

4.1. Check valves are designed to prevent backflow by automatically seating when the direction of
fluid is reversed.

4.2. Check valves shall always be provided in horizontal direction only.

4.3. PN16 rated Gun metal / brass Check valves, Flap type with screwed / flanged ends shall be used for
all the pipe sizes above 50 mm diameter.

4.4. For smaller pipe sizes upto 50 mm, the check valves of the same material as described above shall be
used.

5. WATER STORAGE TANKS

I. General
a) All the civil works related to the water storage tanks is done by the civil contractor and he shall
hold the responsibility for complete construction, water proofing and plastering with the required
finishes as per the requirement of Engineer/Architect.
b) The scope of works under this section is limited to the connection to the tanks and the Mechanical
/ Plumbing Contractor shall accomplish the same as per below specifications:
c) Schedule of Rates shall also be read in conjunction with this technical specification so as to have a
complete view of the specifications for the particular item.

II. CONNECTIONS TO RCC WATER TANKS

a) The contractor shall provide all inlets, outlets, washouts, vents, ball cocks, overflows control
valves and all such other piping connections including level indicator to water storage tanks as
called for. All pipes crossing through RCC work shall have puddle flanges fabricated from MS /
GI pipes of required size and length and welded to 6/8 mm thick MS plate. All MS puddle flanges
must be HOT dip galvanized and fixed in true alignment and level to ensure further connection
in proper order. The samples for puddle flanges shall be approved from the Engineer / Architect.
b) Full way gate valves of a approved make shall be provided as near to the tank as practicable on
every outlet pipe from the storage tank except the overflow pipe. Overflow and vent pipes shall
terminate with mosquito proof grating.

Page118
c) The overflow pipe shall be so placed to allow the discharge of water being readily seen. The
overflow pipe shall be of size as indicated. A stop valve shall also be provided in the inlet water
connection to the tank. The outlet pipes shall be fixed approximately 75mm above the bottom of
the tank towards which the floor of the tank is sloping to enable the tank to be emptied for
cleaning.

SECTION IV - EXTERNAL DRAINAGE (SEWERS & STORM WATER SYSTEMS)

1.0 SCOPE OF WORK

1.1 Work under this section shall consist of furnishing all labour, materials, equipment and appliances
necessary and required to completely install the drainage system as required by the drawings and specified
hereinafter or given in the schedule of quantities.

1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, the drainage system shall include:

a. Sewer lines including excavations, pipe lines, manholes, drop connections, underground storm
water drains, including pipes, manholes, catch basins, open drains and culverts.

2.0 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

2.1 All materials shall be new of the best quality conforming to specifications and subject to the approval
of the Engineer/Architect.

2.2 Drainage lines shall be laid to the required gradients and profiles.

2.3 All drainage work shall be done in accordance with the local municipal bye-laws.

2.4 Contractor shall obtain necessary approval and permission for the drainage system from the municipal
or any other competent authority.

2.5 Location of all man holes, catch basins, etc., shall be got confirmed by the Engineer/Architect before
the actual execution of work at site.

2.6 All works shall be executed as directed by the Engineer/Architect.

3.0 ALIGNMENT AND GRADE

3.1 The sewers and storm water lines shall be laid to alignment and gradient shown on the drawings but
subject to such modifications as shall be ordered by the Engineer/Architect from time to time to meet the
requirements of the works. No deviations from the lines, depths of cutting or gradients of sewers shown
on the plans and sections shall be permitted except to the direction in writing of the Engineer/Architect.

4.0 EXCAVATION

4.1 The excavation for sewers and storm water drains shall be in open cutting unless the permission of the
Engineer/Architect for the ground to be tunneled is obtained in writing. Where sewers have to be
constructed along narrow passages, the Engineer/Architect may order the excavation to be made partly
in tunnel and in such cases the excavated soil shall be brought back later on for refilling the trenches or
tunnel.

Page119
4.2 Opening out trenches in excavating the trenches, etc. the soiling road, metalling, pavement, kerbing,
etc., and turf shall be placed on one side and preserved for reinforcement when the trenches or other
excavation shall be filled up. Before any road metal is replaced, it shall be carefully sifted. The surface of
all trenches and holes shall be restored and maintained to the satisfaction of the Engineer/Architect and of
the owners of the roads or other property traversed and the contractor shall not cut out or break down any
live fence or trees in the line of the proposed works but shall tunnel under them, unless the
Engineer/Architect shall order to the contrary.

4.3 Obstruction of roads

The contractor shall not occupy or obstruct by his operation more than one half of the width of any road or
street and if insufficient space shall then be left for public and private transit, he shall remove the
materials excavated and bring them back again when the trench is required to be refilled. The contractor
shall obtain the consent of the Engineer/Architect in writing before closing any road to vehicular traffic
and the foot walks must be clear at all times.

4.4 Removal of filth

All night soil, filth or any other offensive matter that is met with during the execution of works,
immediately after it is taken out of any trench, sewer or cess pool, shall not be deposited on the surface of
any street or where it is likely to be a nuisance or passed into any sewer or drain but shall be at once put
into the carts and removed to suitable place to be provided by the contractor.

4.5 Excavation to be taken to proper depths

The trenches shall be excavated to such a depth that the sewer shall rest on concrete as described in the
several clauses relating thereto and so that the inverts may be at the levels given in the sections. In bad
ground, the Engineer/Architect may order the contractor to excavate to a greater depth than that shown on
the drawings and to fill up the excavation to the level of the sewers with concrete, broken stone, gravel or
other materials. For such extra excavation and concrete, broken stone, gravel or other materials, the
contractor shall be paid extra at rates laid down for such works in the schedule, if the extra work was
ordered by the Engineer/Architect in writing, but if the contractor should excavate the trench to a greater
depth than is required without a specific order to that effect in writing of the Engineer/Architect the extra
depth shall have to be filled up with concrete at the contractor's own costs and charges to the
requirements and satisfactions of the Engineer/Architect.

4.6 Refilling

After the sewer or other work has been laid and proved to be water tight, the trench or other excavations
shall be refilled. Utmost care shall be taken in doing this, so that no damage shall be caused to the sewer
and other permanent work. The filling in the haunches and up to 75 cms above the crown of the sewer
shall consists of the finest selected materials placed carefully in 15 cms. layers and flooded and
consolidated. After this has been laid the trench and other excavation shall be refilled carefully in 15 cms
layers with materials taken from the excavation, each layer being watered to assist in the consolidation
unless the Engineer/Architect shall otherwise direct.

4.7 Contractor to restore settlement and damages

Page120
The contractor shall, at his own costs and charges, make good promptly during the whole period the
works are in hand, any settlement that may occur in the surfaces of roads, beams, footpaths, gardens, open
spaces, etc., whether public or private caused by his trenches or by his other excavations and he shall be
liable for any accidents caused thereby. He shall also, at his own expenses and charges repair and make
good any damage done to buildings and other property. If in the opinion of the Engineer/Architect he fails
to make good such works with all practicable dispatch, the Engineer/Architect shall be at liberty to get the
work done by other means and the expenses thereof shall be paid by the contractor or deducted from any
money that may be or become due to him or recovered from him in any other manner according to the law
of the land.

4.8 Disposal of surplus soil

The contractor shall at his own costs and charges provide places for disposal of all surplus materials not
required to be used on the works. As each trench is refilled the surplus soil shall be immediately removed,
the surface properly restored and road ways and sides left clear.

4.9 Timbering of sewer and trenches

a. The contractor shall at all times support efficiently and effectively the sides of the sewer trenches and
other excavations by suitable timbering, piling and sheeting and they shall be closed, timbered in loose or
sandy strata and below the surface of the sub-soil water level.

b. All timbering sheeting and piling with their walling and supports shall be of adequate dimensions and
strength and fully braced and strutted so that no risk of collapse or subsidence of the walls of the trench
shall take place.
c. The contractor shall be held responsible and will be accountable for the sufficiency of all timbering,
bracing, sheeting and piling used as also for, all damage to persons and property resulting from improper
quality, strength, placing, maintaining or removing of the same.

4.10 Shoring of buildings

The contractor shall shore up all buildings, walls and other structures, the stability of which is liable to be
endangered by the execution of the work and shall be fully responsible for all damages to persons or
property resulting from any accident.

4.11 Removal of water from sewer, trench, etc.

a. The contractor shall at all times during the progress of the work keep the trenches and excavations free
from water which shall be disposed off by him in a manner as will neither cause injury to the public health
nor to the public or private property nor to the work completed or in progress nor to the surface of any
roads or streets, nor cause any interference with the use of the same by the public.

b. Any excavation is carried out at any point or points to a greater width than the specified cross section of
the sewer with its envelope, the full width of the trench shall be filled with concrete by the contractor at
his own expenses and charges to the requirements of the Engineer/Architect.

4.12 Width of trench

The Engineer/Architect shall have power by giving an order in writing to the contractor to increase the
maximum width in respect of which payment will be allowed for excavation in trenches for various

Page121
classes of sewer, man holes and other works in certain lengths to be specifically laid down by him, where
on account of bad ground or other unusual conditions, he considers that such increased widths are
necessary in view of the site conditions.

5.0 REINFORCED CEMENT CONCRETE PIPES

5.1 All underground storm water drainage pipes and sewer lines where specified (other than those
specified cast iron) shall be centrifugally spun RCC pipes of specified class. Pipes shall be true and
straight with uniform bore throughout. Cracked, wrapped pipes shall not be used on the work. All pipes
shall be tested by the manufacturer and the contractor shall produce, when directed, a certificate to that
effect from the manufacturer.

5.2 Laying

R.C.C. spun pipes shall be laid on cement concrete bed or cradles as specified and shown on the detailed
drawings. The cradles may be precast and sufficiently cured to prevent cracks and breakage in handling.
The invert of the cradles shall be left 12 mm below the invert level of the pipe and properly placed on the
soil to prevent any disturbance. The pipe shall then be placed on the bed concrete or cradles and set for the
line and gradient by means of sight rails and boning rods, etc. Cradles or concrete bed may be omitted, if
directed by the Engineer/Architect.

5.3 Jointing

After setting out the pipes the collar shall be centered over the joint and filled in with tarred gaskin, so that
sufficient space is left on either side of the collar to receive the mortar. The space shall then be filled with
cement mortar (1 cement : 2 fine sand) and caulked by means of proper tools. All joints shall be finished
at an angle of 45 degrees to the longitudinal axis of the pipe on both sides of the collars neatly.

5.4 Testing

All pipes shall be tested to a hydraulic test of 1.5 m head for at least 30 minutes at the highest point in the
section under construction. Test shall also be carried out similar to those for stoneware pipes. The smoke
test shall also be carried out by the contractor, if directed by the Engineer/Architect, at the expense and
charges of the contractor. A test register shall be maintained which shall be signed and dated by contractor
/ Engineer/Architect.

6. CEMENT CONCRETE AND MASONARY WORKS (FOR MANHOLES AND CHAMBERS, ETC.)

a. Water:

Water used for all the constructional purposes shall be clear and free from oil, acid, alkali, organic and
other harmful material that may deteriorate the strength and/or durability of the structure. In general, the
water suitable for drinking purposes shall be considered good enough for constructional purposes.

b. Aggregate for concrete:

The stone aggregate for concrete shall be in accordance with I S.383 and I.S. 515 / equivalent local
standard. In general, these shall be free from all impurities that may cause corrosion of the reinforcement.

Page122
Before actual use these shall be washed in water, if required as per the direction of Engineer/Architect.
The size of the coarse aggregate shall be as given in the schedule of quantities.

c. Sand:

Sand for various constructional purposes shall comply in all respect to I.S. 2116 / equivalent local
standard. It shall be clean, coarse, hard and strong, sharp durable, uncoated, free from any mixture of clay,
dust, vegetable matter, mica, iron impurities soft or flaky and elongated particles, alkali, organic matters,
salt, loam and other impurities which may be considered by the Engineer/Architect as harmful for the
construction.

d. Cement:

The cement used for all the constructional purposes shall be ordinary Portland cement or rapid hardening
port land cement conforming to I.S. 269 / equivalent local standard.

e. Mild Steel Reinforcement:

The mild steel for the reinforcement bars shall be in the form of round bars conforming to all requirements
of I.S. 432 Grade I / equivalent local standard.

f. Bricks:

Bricks shall have uniform colour, thoroughly but not over burnt. It shall have plain rectangular faces with
paralleled sides and sharp right angled edges. They should give ringing sound when struck. Brick shall not
absorb more than 20% to 22% of water, when immersed in water for 24 hours. Bricks to be used shall be
approved by the Engineer/Architect.

g. Other Materials:

Other materials not fully specified in these specifications and which may be required in all work shall
conform to the latest I.S.S. / equivalent local standard. All such materials shall be approved by the
Engineer/Architect before use.

6.1 Cement concrete (Plain or Reinforced)

a. Cement concrete pipes bedding, cradles, foundations and R.C.C. slabs for all works shall be mixed by
a mechanical mixer where quantities of the concrete poured at one time permit. Hand mixing on
properly constructed platforms may be allowed for small quantities by the Engineer/Architect. Rate
for cement concrete shall be inclusive of all shuttering and centering at all depths and heights.
b. Concrete work shall be of such thickness and mix as given in the schedule of quantities.

c. All concrete work shall be cured for a period of at least 7 days. Such work shall be kept moist by
means of gunny bags at all times. All pipe trenches and foundations shall be kept dry during the
curing period.

6.2 Masonry work

Page123
 Masonry work for manholes, chambers, septic tanks and other such works as required shall be constructed
from 1st or 2nd class bricks as specified in the schedule of quantities in cement mortar 1:5 mix (1 cement :
5 coarse sand). All joints shall be properly raked to receive plaster.

6.3 Cement concrete for pipe support

a. Wherever specified or shown on the drawings, all pipes shall be supported in bed and all round or in
haunches. The thickness and mix of the concrete shall be given in the schedule of quantities.

b. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer/Architect cement concrete for bed, all round or in
haunches shall be laid as follows:

Upto 1.5m Upto 3 m Beyond 3m

Depth depth depth

Stoneware pipe in all round in haunches all round

open ground (no sub (1:5:10) (1:5:10) (1:5:10)
soil water)

R.C.C. or S.W. all round in haunches in haunches

pipes in sub-soil (1:3:6) (1:3:6) (1:3:6)
water

C.I. Pipe (in all all round in haunches in haunches -

conditions) (1:3:6) (1:3:6) (1:3:6)

R.C.C. pipes or all round all round all round

C.I. pipes under (1:3:6) (1:3:6) (1:3:6)
road or building

(1 = 1 cement : 3-5 = coarse sand : 6-10 = stone aggregate 40 mm nominal size)

c. R.C.C. pipes or C.I. pipes may be supported on brick masonry or precast R.C.C. or in situ cradles.
Cradles shall be as shown on the drawings.

d. Pipes in loose soil or above ground shall be supported on brick or stone masonry pillars as shown on
the drawings.

7.0 MANHOLE AND CHAMBERS

7.1 All manholes, chambers, septic tanks and other such works as specified shall be constructed in brick
masonry in cement mortar 1:5 (1 cement : 5 coarse sand) or as specified in the schedule of quantities
and as per BIS standards.

7.2 All manholes, chambers, septic tanks, etc., shall be supported on base of cement concrete of such
thickness & mix as given in the schedule of quantities or shown on the drawings.

7.3 All manholes shall be provided with cement concrete benching in 1:2:4 mix (1 cement 2 coarse sand
4 stone aggregate 20mm nominal size). The benching shall have a slope of 10 cms towards the

Page124
 channel. The depth of the channel shall be full diameter of the pipe. Benching shall be finished with a
floating coat of neat cement.

7.4 All manholes shall be plastered with 12 / 15 mm thick cement mortar 1:3 mix (1 cement : 3 coarse
sand) and finished with a floating coat of neat cement inside and outside.

7.5 All manholes with depths greater than 1 m shall be provided with 20 mm square or 25 mm round rods
catch rings set in cement concrete blocks 25 x 110 cms in 1:2;4 mix 30 cms vertically and staggered.
Foot rest shall be coated with coal tar before embedding.

7.6 All manholes shall be provided with cast iron covers and frames and embedded in reinforced
cement concrete slab. Weight of cover and frame shall be as specified in the schedule of quantities.

8.0 DROP CONNECTIONS

8.1 Drop connections shall be provided between branch sewer and main sewer or in the main sewer itself
in steep ground when the difference in invert level of the two exceeds 45 cms of the required sizes.

8.2 Drop connections from gully traps to main sewer on rectangular manholes shall be made inside the
manholes and shall have H.C.I. special type door bend on top and heel rest bend at bottom connected
by a H.C.I. pipe. This pipe shall be supported by holder bat clamps at 180 cms intervals with at least
one clamp for each drop connection. All joints shall be lead caulked 25 mm deep.

8.3 Drop connections from branch sewer to main sewer shall be made outside the manhole wall with cast
iron pipes, tee connections, vertical pipe and bend at the bottoms. The top of the tee shall be finished
up to the surface level and provided with a C.I. hinged type frame and cover 30 x 30 cms. The
connection shall be embedded in cement concrete 1:2;4 mix 15 c small round the pipe and tee up to
the surface chamber of the tee.

8.4 Drop connection made from vertical stacks directly into man holes shall not be considered as drop
connections. They shall be paid for under the relevant soil and waste pipes.

9.0 MASONRY DRAINS

9.1 Brick masonry drains shall be of a minimum width of 30 cms. Maximum width of drains shall be 45
cms for depths beyond 45 cms.

9.2 Brick masonry drains shall be constructed in brick masonry in cement mortar in cement concrete
foundations as specified in the schedule of quantities. Wherever specified, masonry drains shall be
plastered with cement mortar inside. The outer surface shall be flush pointed without additional
charge.

9.3 Wherever specified, all brick masonry covered drains shall be provided with cast in situ or precast
R.C.C. slabs.

9.4 All drains shall be plastered with cement mortar 1:3 with a coat of neat cement. All finished works shall
afford specified grandniece to ensure free and efficient discharge.

10.0 MEASUREMENTS
Page125
10.1 Excavation

10.1.1 Measurement for excavation of pipe trenches shall be made per linear meter under the respective
category of soil classification encountered at site.
a. Ordinary soil
b. Hard soil (Hard Moorum & soft rock)
c. Hard rock requiring chiseling
d. Hard rock requiring blasting

10.1.2 Trenches shall be measured between outside walls of manholes at top and the depth shall be the
average depth between the two ends to the nearest cm. The rate quoted shall be for a depth up to 1.5
m or as given in the schedule of quantities.

10.1.3 Payment for trenches more than 1.5 m in depth shall be paid for extra depth as given in the schedule
of quantities and above the rate for depth up to 1.5 m.

10.1.4 Saturated soil

No extra payment for pumping and bailing out water shall be made for excavation with an average
depth of 1.5 m in saturated soil, surface, water from rain falls or broken pipelines or sewers and
other similar sources. An extra rate as quoted in the schedule of quantities shall be paid for
excavation in saturated soil for pipe trenches above average depth of 1.5 m. No payment is
admissible for water collected from surface source and broken pipe lines or sewers.

10.1.5 Refilling, consolidation and disposal of surplus earth Rate quoted for excavation of trenches
shall be inclusive of refilling, consolidation and disposal of surplus earth within a lead of 50 m.

11. UPVC SN-4 PIPES

11.1 Upvc-SN4 pipes shall be measured for the finished length of the pipe line per linear meter i.e.,

A) Lengths between manholes shall be recorded from inside of one manhole to inside of other
manhole;

Rate shall include all items given in the schedule of quantities and specifications.

11.2 Cement concrete for pipes

Cement concrete in bed and all round or haunches shall be paid per running meter between the
outside walls of the manholes at bottom of the trench. No additional payment is admissible in respect
of concreting done for widths greater than specified, for shuttering or centering and concreting in sub
soil water conditions.

11.3 Manholes

All manholes shall be measured by numbers and shall include all items specified in the proceeding
schedule of quantities. Manholes with depths greater than specified under the main item shall be paid
for under "extra depth" and shall include all items as given for manholes. Measurement shall be done
to the nearest cm. depth of the manholes, shall be measured from top of the manhole cover to bottom
of channel.
Page126
11.4 Drop connections

Drop connections shall be measured by number for depth, of 60 cms or part there of between invert
levels. Additional depth shall be paid for as extra per meter depth as per the actual length of the drop
connections, measured to the nearest cm.

11.5 Making connections

Item for making connection to municipal sewer shall be paid for by number and shall include all
items given in the schedule of quantities and specifications.

11.6 Masonry drains

Payment for masonry drains shall be made under individual items of masonry, cement concrete and
plaster by volume of area as given in the schedule of quantities.

Page127
ANNEXURE- A

APPLICABLE CODES, STANDARDS AND PUBLICATIONS

1.0 All equipment, supply, erection, testing and commissioning shall comply with the requirements
of Indian Standards and code of practices, unless otherwise stated above. All equipment and
material being supplied by the Contractor shall meet the requirements of IS., Tariff advisory
committee’s regulation (fire insurance), electrical inspectorate and Indian Electricity rules and
other Codes/Publications as given below.

A) General :

SP : 6 (1) Structural steel sections

IS : 27 Pig lead
IS : 325 Three phase induction motors
IS : 554 Dimensions for pipe threads where pressure tight joints are required on
the threads.
IS : 694 PVC insulated cables for working voltages up to and including 1100 V.
IS : 779 Specification for water meters (domestic type)
IS : 782 Specification for caulking lead
IS : 800 Code of Practice for general construction in steel
IS : 1068 Electroplated coatings of nickel plus chromium and copper plus nickel
plus chromium
IS : 1172 Code of basic requirements for water supply drainage and sanitation
IS : 1367 (Part- 1) Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 1
introduction and general information.
IS : 1367 (Part- 2) Technical supply conditions for threaded steel fasteners: Part 2 product
grades and tolerances.
IS : 1554 (Part- 1) PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables : Part 1 for working voltages
up to and including 1100V.
IS : 1554 (Part- 2) PVC insulated (heavy duty) electric cables : Part 2 for working voltages
from 3.3 kV up to and including 11 kV.
IS : 1726 Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frames
IS : 1742 Code of practice for building drainage.
IS : 2064 Selection, installation and maintenance of sanitary appliances - Code of
practice.
IS : 2065 Code of practice for water supply in buildings.
IS : 2104 Specification for water meter boxes (domestic type)
IS : 2373 Specification for water meters (bulk type)
IS : 2379 Colour code for identification of pipe lines
IS : 2527 Code of practice for fixing rainwater gutters and down pipes for roof
drainage.
IS : 2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing on iron and steel
IS : 3114 Code of practice for laying of cast iron pipes
IS : 4111 (Part 1) Code of practice for ancillary structures in sewerage system : Part 1
manholes
IS : 4127 Code of practice for laying glazed stoneware pipes.
IS : 4853 Recommended practice for radiographic inspection of fusion welded
butt joints in steel pipes

Page128
 IS : 5329 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work above ground for buildings.
IS : 5455 Cast iron steps for manholes.
IS : 6159 Recommended practice for design and fabrication of material prior to
galvanizing
IS : 7558 Code of practice for domestic hot water installations

IS : 8321 Glossary of terms applicable to plumbing work

IS : 9668 Code of practice for provision and maintenance of water supplies and
fire fighting.
IS : 9842 Preformed fibrous pipe insulation
IS : 9912 Coal tar based coating materials and suitable primers for protecting iron
and steel pipe lines.
IS : 10221 Code of practice for coating and wrapping of underground mild steel
pipelines
IS : 10234 Recommendations for general pipeline welding.
IS : 10446 Glossary of terms relating to water supply and sanitation.
IS : 11149 Rubber Gaskets
IS : 11790 Code of practice for preparation of butt-welding ends for pipes, valves,
flanges and fittings.
IS : 12183 (Part 1) Code of practice for plumbing in multistoreyed buildings : Part 1
Water supply
IS : 12251 Code of practice for drainage of building basements
IS : 5572 Code of practice for sanitary pipe work
IS : 6700 Specification for design, installation, testing and maintenance of
services supplying water for domestic use within buildings and their
curtilages.
IS : 8301 Code of practice for building drainage
BSEN : 274 Sanitary tap ware, waste fittings for basins, bidets and baths. General
technical specifications.

B) PIPES AND FITTINGS:

IS : 458 Specification for precast concrete pipes (with and without

reinforcement)
IS : 14390 DWC pipes and fittings
IS : 1239 (Part 1) Mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fittings Part 1 Mild
Steel tubes
IS : 1239 (Part 2) Mild steel tubes, tubulars and other wrought steel fittings : Part 2 Mild
steel tubulars and other wrought steel pipe fittings.
IS : 1536 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage
IS : 1537 Vertically cast iron pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage.
IS : 1538 Cast iron fittings for pressure pipes for water, gas and sewage
IS : 1729 Sand cast iron spigot and socket soil, waste and ventilating pipes,
fittings and accessories.
IS : 1879 Malleable cast iron pipe fittings
IS : 1978 Line pipe
IS : 1979 High test line pipe
IS : 2501 Copper tubes for general engineering purposes
IS : 2643 (Part 1) Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes : Part 1 Basic
profile and dimensions.
IS : 2643 (Part 2) Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes : Part 2 Tolerances
Page129
 IS : 2643 (Part 3) Dimensions for pipe threads for fastening purposes : Part 3 Limits of
sizes.
IS : 3468 Pipe nuts
IS : 3589 Seamless or electrically welded steel pipes for water, gas and sewage
(168.3 mm to 2032 mm outside diameter)
IS : 3989 Centrifugally cast (spun) iron spigot and socket soil, waste and
ventilating pipes, fittings and accessories.
IS : 4346 Specifications for washers for use with fittings for water services.
IS : 4711 Methods for sampling steel pipes, tubes and fittings
IS : 6392 Steel pipe flanges
IS : 6418 Cast iron and malleable cast iron flanges for general engineering
purposes.
IS : 7181 Specification for horizontally cast iron double flanged pipe for water,
gas and sewage.

C) VALVES :

IS : 778 Specification for copper alloy gate, globe and check valves for water
works purposes
IS : 780 Specification for sluice valves for water works purposes (50 mm to 300
mm size)
IS : 1703 Specification copper alloy float valves (horizontal plunger type) for
water supply fittings
IS : 2906 Specification for sluice valves for water works purposes (350 mm to
1200 mm size)
IS : 3950 Specification for surface boxes for sluice valves

IS : 5312 (Part 1) Specification for swing check type reflux (non return) valves : Part 1
Single door pattern
IS : 5312 (Part 2) Specification for swing check type reflux (non return) valves : Part 2
Multi door pattern
IS : 12992 (Part 1) Safety relief valves, spring loaded : Part 1 - Design
IS : 13095 Butterfly valves for general purposes.

D) WATER QUALITY TOLERANCE:

IS : 3025 Method of sampling and test (physical and chemical) for water and waste
(Part 1 to 44) water
IS : 4764 Tolerance limits for sewage effluents discharged into inland surface
waters
IS : 10500 Drinking water

E) QUALITY ASSURANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL:

1.0 The work shall conform to high standards of design and workmanship, shall be structurally
sound and aesthetically pleasing quality standards prescribed shall form the backbone for the
quality assurance and quality control system.

Page130
2.0 At the site level the Contractor shall arrange the materials, their stacking/storage in appropriate
manner to ensure the quality. Contractor shall provide equipment and manpower to test
continuously the quality of materials, assemblies etc. as directed by the Architect. The test shall
be conducted continuously and the result of tests maintained. In addition the Contractor shall
keep appropriate tools and equipment for checking alignments, levels, slopes and evenness of
surface.
3.0 The Architect shall be free to carry out tests as may be considered necessary by him at his sole
discretion, from time to time, in addition to those specified in this document. The Contractor
shall provide the samples and labour for collecting the samples nothing extra shall be payable to
the Contractor for samples or for the collection of the samples.
4.0 The test shall be conducted at the site laboratory that may be established by Architect or at any
other standard Laboratory selected by Architect
5.0 The contractor shall transport the samples to the laboratory for which nothing extra shall be
payable. In the event of Contractor failing to arrange transportation of the samples in proper time
Engineer/Architect shall have them transported and recover two times the actual cost from the
Contractor’s bills.
6.0 Testing charges shall be borne by the Contractor.
7.0 Testing may be witnessed by the Contractor or his authorized representative. Whether witnessed
by the Contractor or not, the test results shall be binding on the Contractor.

Page131
 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES FOR EQUIPMENT & MATERIALS FOR PLUMBING WORKS AND PLUMBING PUMPS

S. No. MATERIAL MAKES

1 Sanitary ware As per B.O.Q
2 Seat covers (Heavy Duty) As per B.O.Q
3 C.P fittings & Bathroom As per B.O.Q
4 Stainless Steel Sink As per B.O.Q
5 C.P. Grating Chilly / Gmgr / Cardin
6 Cast Brass Clean Out Plugs GMGR / Neer
7 C.I / D.I Manhole Cover NECO / RIF
8 PVC Gully Trap Astral / Ashirbad / Supreme
9 CI Gully Trap Jain Spun Pipe/Pragati / Perfect/R.K/ Anand
10 SFRC Manhole Cover/Grating K.K. Manhole/Jain spun pip
11 Drain Channel ACO / MEA
12 Automatic Flushing Cistern Geberit / Viega / Schell
13 Temperature Sensor Danfoss / Forbes Marshall / Honeywell
14 Couplings Lovejoy / Universal
15 Pipe Clamp & Support Chilly / Euroclamp / Mupro
16 Flanges Table ‘H’ / Class 150
17 Pressure sand filter/activated carbon filter vessel Pentair / Structural / Aventura
18 Membrane CIP System ASIA LMI/Prominent/Hydrocon
19 RCC GRATING Jain Spun / Pragati / Daya / KK
20 FRP Manhole Cover K.K /ACO / MEA / SINTEX
21 GI Pipes Tata / Jindal star/ Jindal Hisar
22 UPVC Pipes & Fittings Astral / Ashirvad / Ajay / Supreme
23 PP Low Noise Pipes & Fittings Astral / Huliot / BQ Germany / REHAU
24 CI Hubless Pipes & Fittings Neco / Saint Gobain / Elecrosteel
25 HDPE Pipes Supreme / Jain / Finolex
26 RCC Pipes Jain Spun / Pragati / Daya Spun / KK
27 DWC Pipe Rex / Astral / Ashirvad
28 SWR PVC Pipes Astral / Ashirvad / Ajay / Supreme
29 Ball Valve ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
30 Butterfly valves ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
31 Ball Float Valve ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
32 Air Release / Vent Valve ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
33 Thermostatic valve ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
34 Check Valve – Wafer Type ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
35 Check Valve – Dual Plate ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
36 Y & Pot Strainer ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
37 Motorized Butterfly Valve ZOLOTO/SANT/AIP
38 SS Pipe Jindal
Page132
ELECTRICAL WORK FOR ST. STEPHEN’S COLLEGE AT DELHI.

INDEX

S. NO. DESCRIPTION

1. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

2. GENERAL DESCRIPTION

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:

1. WIRING

2. MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

3. LUMINARIES AND LAMPS

4. EARTHING

5. INSPECTION AND TESTING

Page133
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

Page134
1.0 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT:

1.1 Contract:

1.1.1 These general Conditions shall be considered as an extension and not as limitation of the
obligations of the Contractor.
1.1.2 The said contract comprises furnishing of all labour, materials, equipment and transportation
and to do all things necessary to provide a complete installation in full working order
including all that is reasonably inferred as necessary to the proposed construction,
completion and putting in operation of a system of the type and extent described in the
drawings and specifications, including any necessary adjustment or correction. The work
shall be complete in every respect, including painting. All necessary precautions shall be
taken against damage from leakage and condensation. The installation shall be tested and
approved, satisfactory to the Architect and in accordance with local laws covering the
installation of the type and extent described in the drawings and specifications.
1.1.3 The contractor shall provide without any extra charge all items whether specifically
mentioned or not but which are usual or required to make a complete working plant and to
ensure safe and satisfactory operation. All apparatus, appliance, materials or labour which
may be necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent or purposes of these
specifications shall be considered to be in the scope of work and shall be furnished without
extra charges, as if fully described and called for in these specifications and/or shown on
plans. In case of doubt, the Tenderer shall clearly point out his interpretation of specifications
and drawings.
1.1.4 The Contractors shall include in their tender, GST or any other charges or fees leviable by
the local authority and it shall be assumed that the Contractor’s rates cover all such taxes and
no separate claim for these shall be entertained.
1.1.5 Time shall be considered as the essence of the Contract. The Contractor shall agree to
commence and complete the work as provided in the Time schedule for procurement and
installation in the conditions of the contract.

1.2 Drawings and Literature:

1.2.1 Before proceeding with the work, the Contractor shall submit for approval, general layout
and assembly drawings and such additional assembly and sub-assembly detailed drawings as
necessary to demonstrate fully that all parts of the apparatus to be furnished will conform to
the Specifications.
1.2.2 The Contractor shall furnish for check and scrutiny three (3) advance sets of prints of the
layout, assembly and erection drawings as per the Bar Chart prepared by Contractor and
approved by Architect. Six (6) final sets of drawings incorporating the modifications
suggested in advance copies by Architect shall be made in the drawings after they have been
approved by the Architect without his prior consent.
1.2.3 All drawings necessary for assembly, erection, maintenance, repair and operation of the
equipment shall be furnished. Different parts shall be suitably numbered for identification
and ordering of spare parts.
1.2.4 Approval of drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Contractor of any part of his
obligation to meet all the requirements of the contract or of the correctness of his drawings.
The Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for all alterations of the works due to

Page135
 discrepancies or omissions in the drawings or other particulars supplied by him whether such
drawings have been approved by the Architect or not.

1.2.5 After approval of the drawings, the Contractor shall furnish a set of tracings of the approved
drawings.

1.2.6 Six copies of a comprehensive manual for use by the Owner/ Architect before and during
erection and subsequent operation and maintenance of the plant shall also be furnished after
approval of the Contract drawings.

1.2.7 Drawings have been prepared by the Consultant showing the area allocated for equipments.
The machine room and equipment layout as shown on the drawings represent a feasible
scheme. Apparatus may be re-arranged in the space allocated subject to approval of the
Architect.

1.2.8 These drawings are not meant as working drawings. The Contractor shall prepare working
drawings and get them approved by the Architect in sets as specified above.

1.2.9 The Tenderer shall point out all deviations from the drawings and specifications in their
Tenders.

1.2.10 Drawings are made on the basis of Indian make equipment/material. The Contractor shall
ensure that imported equipment / material shall fit in the space provided in the layout.

1.3 Guarantee:

1.3.1 The Contractor shall guarantee that all equipments shall be free from any defect due to
defective materials and/or bad workmanship and that the equipment shall operate
satisfactorily. The performance and efficiencies of the equipment, individually and as a
whole shall be valid for a period of twelve (12) months after taking over and issue of
certificate of virtual completion. Any parts found defective shall be replaced free of all
costs by the Contractor. This period shall be known as the Defects Liability Period and shall
be reckoned from the date the Architect certifies the virtual completion of the installation.
The services of the Contractor's personnel if requisitioned during this period of rectification
of any defect shall be made available free of any cost to the Architect.

1.3.2 If the defects be not remedied within a reasonable time the Architect may proceed to do so at
the contractor's risk and expense without prejudice to any other right.

1.3.3 The Contractor shall guarantee the installation as specified in the Specifications and the
drawings.

1.3.4 The Contractor shall also guarantee that the performance of various equipments, individually,
shall not be less than the specified ratings when working under the operating conditions
given for the respective items.

1.4 Maintenance & Training:

1.4.1 The Contractor shall without any extra cost carry out for a period of 12 (Twelve)
months after the installation is taken over by the Owner all routine and special
maintenance of the plant and attend to any difficulties and defects that may arise in the
operation of the plant.

Page136
1.4.2 The Contractor shall associate with him during the erection and during the defects liability
period, the Owner's maintenance staff to familiarize them with the operation and
maintenance of the plant.

1.4.3 If required by the Architect the contractor shall agree to train members of the Owner's
maintenance staff either at his or the sub-contractor's work or at such other place or places as
may be considered suitable by the Architect.

1.5 Rejection of Defective Plant:

1.5.1 If the completed plant or any portion thereof, before it is taken over, or during the defects
liability period, be found defective, or fails to fulfill the intent of these specifications, the
Contractor shall on receipt of notice from the Architect forthwith make defective plant good.
Should he fail to do so within a time considered reasonable by the Architect, the Owner may
reject and replace at the risk and expense of the Contractor the whole or any portion of the
plant, which is defective or fails to fulfill the requirements of the Contract.

1.5.2 The Owner shall have the right to operate all equipments if in operating condition, whether or
not such equipments have been accepted as complete and satisfactory. Repairs and alterations
shall be made at such times-directed by the Architect.

1.6 Inspection and Testing:

1.6.1 The Architect or his authorised representative shall have full power to inspect the materials
and workmanship of the plant at the Contractor's works or at any place from which the
material or equipment is obtained. Acceptance of any material or equipment shall in no way
relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for meeting the requirements of the specifications.

1.6.2 Routine and type tests for the various items of equipment shall be performed at the
Contractor’s works and tests certificate furnished, If required by the Architect, the Contractor
shall permit the Owner's authorised representative to be present during any of the tests. After
installation has been virtually completed, the Contractor shall carry out under the direction
and in the presence of the Architect such tests and inspection as have been specified, or as the
Architect shall consider necessary to determine whether or not the full intent of the
requirements of the plans and specifications have been fulfilled. In case the work does not
meet the full intent of the specifications and further tests are considered necessary, the
Contractor shall carry them out and bear the expenses thereof.

Page137
2.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION:

2.1 Scope:

2.1.1 These specifications together with the Architect’s plans cover the Electrical System works
for Internal Electrical Works.

2.2 Extent of Work:

2.2.1 Supply, laying, testing and commissioning of under mentioned items shall form a part of
contractor’s scope of work.

a) Wiring for internal Distribution

b) Lighting Fixtures
c) Complete power wiring to socket outlets, power equipments etc.
d) Cables and Cable Laying
e) Distribution boards and sub panels for ups system
f) External development

2.2.2 This specification states the requirements for the supplying, assembling, fixing in position,
connecting, inspecting, testing and leaving in working order new, modified or additional
electrical installations.

2.2.3 The work shall comprise the whole of material and labour and unless otherwise indicated all
the materials necessary to form a ‘complete installation’ and such tests, adjustments and
commissioning as are prescribed in subsequent clauses and as may otherwise be required to
give an effective working installation to satisfaction of the Architect.

2.2.4 The words ‘complete installation’ shall mean not only the items of electrical equipment
conveyed by these specifications, but all the incidental sundry components necessary for the
complete execution of works and for proper operation of the installation, whether or not these
sundry components are mentioned in detail in tender documents issued in connection with
the contract.

2.2.5 Adequate protection of equipment during transit shall be provided by manufacturers and the
contractor shall ensure adequate protection on site. The contractor shall advise the Architect
of any damage that occurs to equipment including finishes and shall carry out repairs as
directed by the Architect.

2.3 Drawings:

2.3.1 Drawings have been prepared by the consultants, for all the above items of work. The
tenderer shall submit his quotation strictly in accordance with these specifications and
drawings.
2.3.2 Drawings and documents shall be provided by the consultant. The rearrangement of the
equipments shall be done by the Contractor with the approval of Architect if necessary. The
shop drawings shall be prepared by the Contractor in accordance with section “Drawings
and documents by Contractor” and got them approved by the consultant or Architect.

2.4 Regulations:

Page138
2.4.1 Each installation shall comply with all the relevant statutory requirements and regulations
including the following:

a) Regulations under the Electricity Acts:

b) Factories Acts and Regulations:

c) Health and Safety at work etc. Act and regulations:

d) ‘Regulations for Electrical Installations’ issued by the Institution of Electrical Engineers

including all the appendices contained therein and referred to herein as the “IEE Wiring
Regulations”

e) Regulations and requirements of Indian Telecom and the local electricity, gas and water
Undertakings.

2.5 Standards:

2.5.1 The complete installation shall comply with all relevant Indian Standards, Indian Codes of
Practice, where indicated, with other Standards and specifications and all amendments
thereto. The relevant issues shall be those current three months before the date for return of
tender, unless alternative dates are indicated.

2.5.2 Where practicable, each item of equipment shall be clearly and indelibly marked to indicate
the standard with which it complies. Alternatively a certificate of compliance shall be
provided.

2.5.3 Where equipment or services are indicated to be manufactured or provided under a particular
certification, licencing or quality assurance scheme, the manufacturer or supplier shall be a
current participant in the relevant scheme. A certificate of compliance shall be provided.

2.5.4 Equipment not manufactured in the India shall be of a standard, which ensures its compliance
with all appropriate IS Standards.

2.6 Approval:

2.6.1 The Architect’s approval shall not relieve the contractor of his contractual responsibilities
and obligations. The contractor shall be responsible for discrepancies, errors or omissions on
drawings or other documentation supplied by him, whether they have been approved by the
Architect or not due to incorrect information given in writing by the Architect. The
Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that equipment complies with the specified
requirements.

2.6.2 Conduit diagram shall be submitted prior to conduiting work in AutoCAD format. As built
drawing shall be submitted in AutoCAD along with running account bills and final bill.

Page139
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS

Page140
1.0 WIRING:

1.1 Scope:

1.1.1 The scope of this section covers the supply, erection, testing and commissioning of conduits
& wiring for lighting and power. Wiring shall be carried out in accordance with relevant I.S.
rules and regulations.

1.2 System of wiring:

1.2.1 All lights and power wiring shall be carried out in surface conduits or recess wiring in
conduits or floor ducts as specified in the BOQ.

1.2.2 I.E.E. regulations shall be applicable for all material and workmanship.

1.2.3 The wiring to be carried out in such a manner that specified 'Power' wiring shall be kept
separate and distinct from 'Lighting' wiring. The wiring shall be done on the distribution
system with main and branch distribution boards at convenient physical and electrical centers
as shown in drawings. All conductors shall be run as far as possible along the walls and
ceiling and above false ceiling so as it can be easily accessible and capable of being
thoroughly inspected. In all types of wiring, due consideration shall be given for neatness and
good appearance.

1.2.4 The balancing of load in three wire or poly phases installations shall be arranged before hand
to the satisfaction of Architect. Circuits on opposite side of a three wire system or on
different phase of poly phase system shall be kept apart at a minimum distance of 2m (6.6.ft)
unless they are enclosed in earthed metal casing suitably marked to indicate the risk of
dangerous shock due to voltage between the conductors contained in them. In large or
important areas, light and socket outlet points shall be distributed over more than one circuit
as directed.

1.2.5 Medium pressure wiring and associated apparatus shall comply in all respects with the
requirements of IEE rules.

1.2.6 No wiring shall be carried out until the appropriate tests required in Section “Inspection and
Testing" have been done and the Architect has given his clearance for wiring to commence.

1.2.7 At expansion joints, adequate slack shall be left in the cables.

1.2.8 Where conduits are installed for wiring by others, a draw wire shall be provided between
each draw-in position.

1.2.9 Cables forming part of communication circuits shall have identification sleeves at their
terminations. Identification shall be consistent with the relevant wiring diagrams.

1.3 Joints & Looping Back:

1.3.1 The wiring shall be done in a 'looping System'. Phase or live conductors shall be looped at
the switch box and neutral/earth conductor can be looped either from the light, fan or socket
outlet.

1.3.2 No bare or twist joints shall be made at intermediate points in the through run of cables,
unless the length of final sub circuit or sub-main or main is more than the length of the
standard coil given by the manufacturer of the cable.
Page141
1.3.3 Termination of multistrand conductors shall be done using suitable crimpling type thimbles.

1.4 Rigid Steel Conduits And Conduit Accessories

1.4.1 All rigid conduit pipes shall be of steel and be ISI marked. The wall thickness shall be not
less than 1.6mm (16 SWG) for conduits upto 32 mm dia and not less than 2mm (14 SWG)
for conduits above 32 mm dia. These shall be solid drawn or reamed by welding, and
finished with galvanized or stove enameled surface.

1.4.2 The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS : 694-1990 that can be
drawn in one conduit is given size wise in Table-I. and the number of cables per conduit
shall not be exceeded. Conduit sizes shall be selected accordingly in each run. No steel
conduit less than 20mm in diameter shall be used.

1.4.3 The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respects including their accessories.

1.4.4 All conduit accessories shall be of threaded type, and under no circumstances pin grip type or
clamp grip type accessories shall be used. Bends, couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed
type of works and may be solid or inspection type as required, in surface type of works.
Saddles for surface conduit work on wall shall not be less than 0.55 mm (24 guage) for
conduits upto 25 mm dia and not less than 0.9 mm (20 guage) for larger diameter (as per
Table-II). The corresponding widths shall be 19 mm & 25 mm.

1.4.5 Unless otherwise indicated, protection against corrosion of conduits and conduit fittings for
general use inside buildings shall be of Class 2.

1.4.6 Adaptable and circular conduit boxes with their covers shall provide a minimum degree of
protection of IP41 when used inside building and IP44 when used outside buildings or at
other locations as indicated.

1.4.7 When conduit boxes are installed flush with the building fabric, overlapping covers shall be
fitted.

1.4.8 Flexible steel conduit for general use inside buildings shall be of type A with protection
against corrosion equivalent to Class 2. Adaptors shall be of solid type.

1.4.9 Unless otherwise indicated, accessory boxes used with steel conduit shall be made of metal.

1.4.10 Accessory boxes shall be suitable for flush or surface mounting, as indicated. Unless
otherwise indicated, metal boxes for general use inside buildings shall be of steel of medium
category against corrosion.

1.4.11 Accessory boxes shall be of adequate depth to accommodate the accessories without causing
compression of the cables. Generally boxes shall be 75 mm deep, but for lighting switches
installed flush in plaster finish with multi-cored sheathed cables, 65 mm depth boxes may be
used.

1.4.12 Earthing terminals shall be fixed inside each accessory box and on the grids of grid switches.
The earthing terminal of each grid shall be connected by a separate protective conductors to
the earthing terminal of the box.

1.4.13 Front plates of accessories shall be of material and finish as indicated, but generally finish of
various types of accessories in the same area shall match. For flush mounting, plates shall

Page142
 overlap the boxes. For surface mounting, plate shall match the profile of box, without
overlap.

1.4.14 Where pilot lamps are required, they shall comprise a neon lamp with resistor and a red
coloured lens, unless otherwise indicated.

1.4.15 Accessories with their boxes and front plates shall provide a minimum degree of protection
of IP41 when used inside buildings and IP54 when used outside buildings or at other
locations where indicated.

1.4.16 Accessory boxes shall be fixed to the fabric of building, independent of connecting cables or
conduits. Where the accessories have a minimum degree of protection of IP54, the fixings
shall not reduce that protection.

1.5 Installation: Common for Recessed and Surface Conduit work

1.5.1 Conduit Joints

a) The conduit work of each circuit or section shall be completed before the cables are drawn
in.

b) Conduit pipes shall be joined by means of screwed couplers and screwed accessories only.
Threads on conduit pipes in all cases shall be between 13mm to 19mm long, sufficient to
accommodate pipes to full threaded portion of couplers or accessories.

c) Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges, nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the
insulation of the conductors while pulling them through such pipes.

d) The Architect, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been carried out, may
require that the separate lengths of conduit etc. after they have been prepared shall be
submitted for inspection before being fixed.

e) No bare threaded portion of conduit pipe shall be allowed unless such bare threaded portion
is treated with anti corrosive preservative or covered with approved plastic compound.

1.5.2 Bends in Conduits

a) All necessary bends in the system, including diversion, shall be done either by neatly bending
the pipes without cracking with a bending radius of not less than 7.5 cm, or alternatively, by
inserting suitable solid or inspection type normal bends, elbows or similar fittings, or by
fixing cast iron inspection boxes, whichever is most suitable.

b) No length of conduit shall have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to
outlet.

c) Conduit fittings shall be avoided as far as possible on conduit system exposed to weather.
Where necessary, solid type fittings shall be used.

1.5.3 Other requirements

a) If the protective finish of any material has been damaged, those materials shall either not be
used or any remedial work shall be approved by the Architect before use. Conduits shall be
clean and free from oil.

Page143
 b) Steel Conduits shall be connected by means of a coupler and an externally screwed bush.
Bushes shall be tightened by using spanners. Pliers and toothed wrenches shall not be used.

c) Where a terminal block is to be accommodated in a circular conduit box, an extension ring

shall be fitted to the box, of sufficient depth to ensure adequate space for the terminal block
and cables.

d) The length of thread on the ends of steel conduits shall match that in the conduit fittings or
equipment and exposed threads will not be permitted. Running couplings with backnuts may
be used with conduit having Class 2 protection, but where the protection is Class 4 only,
manufactured running joints will be accepted. Exposed thread on running couplings shall be
given a coat of zinc-paint.

e) Conduit shall be cold bent on site with a suitable bending tool and sand filling, without
deforming its cross section.

f) Draw in conduit boxes shall be incorporated at intervals not exceeding the following:

Straight run 10 m;

Run with one or two bends 10 m;

Run with three bends 5 m;

Run with four bends 5 m;

g) Unless otherwise indicated, conduit buried in concrete shall have at least 30mm depth of
cover; it shall be securely fixed to prevent movement during pouring and vibrating of the
concrete. Conduit in plaster shall have at least 5 mm depth of cover.

h) Where conduits cross expansion and settlement joints occur in the building structure, suitable
provision shall be made to allow for movement of the structure. The Contractor shall submit
his proposals for the approval of Architect.

i) Where conduit passes through an external wall, a conduit box shall be fitted on the inside of
the wall and after wiring, filled with an inert permanently plastic compound having a high
insulation value.

j) Conduit shall be installed in screeds only where indicated or after receipt of the Architect's
approval. Conduit boxes in floors, other than for- agreed outlets will not be permitted.

k) Open ends of conduit shall be temporarily plugged immediately after installation to prevent
ingress of water and solid materials.

l) Method to be used for forming fire barriers at fire resistant structural elements such as floors
and walls shall be submitted for the Architect approval.

m) Installed conduits shall be cleaned internally with a swab before cables are drawn-in.

n) If the protective finish of conduit is damaged after fixing, the damage shall be made good in
a manner approved by Architect.

1.6 Installation-Additional requirements for Surface Conduit work

1.6.1 Painting before erection
Page144
 a) The outer surface of conduit including all bends, unions, tees, junction boxes, etc. forming
part of the conduit system, shall be adequately protected against rust when such system is
exposed to weather, by being painted with 2 coats of red oxide paint applied before they are
fixed.

1.6.2 Fixing conduit on surface

a) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by saddles, secured to suitable approved plugs with screws in an
approved manner at an interval of not more than one metre, but on either side of the couplers
or bends or similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a distance of 30 cm from the center of
such fittings. The minimum width and thickness of the ordinary clips or the girder clips for
different sizes of conduits shall be as given in Table-II.

b) Where conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall be secured
by means of saddles clips or clamps as required by the Architect

c) In long distance straight run of conduit, inspection type couplers at reasonable intervals shall
be provided, or running threads with couplers and jam nuts shall be provided.

1.7 Installation-Additional requirements for Recessed Conduit work

1.7.1 Making Chase

a) The Chase in the wall shall be neatly made, and of ample dimensions to permit the conduit to
be fixed in the manner desired.

b) In the case of buildings under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before
plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.

c) In case of exposed brick/ rubble masonry work, special care shall be taken to fix the conduit
and accessories in position along-with the building work.

1.7.2 Fixing Conduits in Chase

a) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of stipples, j-hooks, or by means of saddles, not
more than 60 cm apart, or by any other approved means of fixing.

b) All threaded joints of conduit pipes shall be treated with some approved preservative
compound to secure protection against rust.

1.7.3 Fixing Conduit in RCC work

a) The conduit pipes shall be shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement bars
by steel binding wires before the concerting is done. The conduit pipes shall be fixed firmly
to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete
and subsequent taming of the same.

b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall
be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius which will permit easy
drawing in of conductors.

c) Location of inspection/ junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means
to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.

Page145
1.7.4 Fixing Inspection boxes

a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit

inspection, and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.

b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65 mm depth
junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in other places shall be
per IS: 2667-1977.

c) Suitable ventilating holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers if directed.

1.8 Pvc Conduit And Conduit Accessories:-

1.8.1 All non-metallic conduit pipes and accessories shall be of suitable material complying with
IS:2509-1973 and IS:3419-1989 for rigid conduits and IS:9537-2000 for flexible
conduits. The interior of the conduits shall be free from obstructions. The rigid conduit pipes
shall be ISI marked.

1.8.2 The conduits shall be circular in cross-section. The conduits shall be designated by their
nominal outside diameter. The dimensional details of rigid non-metallic conduits are given
in Table-III.

1.8.3 No non-metallic conduit less than 20 mm in diameter shall be used.

1.8.4 The conduit wiring system shall be complete in all respect including accessories.

1.8.5 Rigid conduit accessories shall be normally of grip type.

1.8.6 Flexible conduit accessories shall be of threaded type.

1.8.7 Bends, couplers etc. shall be solid type in recessed type of works, and may be solid or
inspection type as required, in surface type of works.

1.8.8 Saddles for fixing conduits shall be heavy gauge non-metallic type with base.

1.8.9 The maximum number of PVC insulated cables conforming to IS : 694-1990 that can be
drawn in one conduit is given size wise in Table-1. and the number of cables per conduit
shall be exceeded. Conduit sizes shall be selected accordingly in each run.

1.8.10 The erection of conduits of each sections shall be completed before the cables are drawn in.

1.9 Installation-Common aspects for both recessed and surface conduit works:-

1.9.1 Conduit Joints

a) All joints shall be sealed/cemented with an approved cement. Damaged conduit pipes/
fittings shall not be used in the work. Cut ends of conduit pipes shall have no sharp edges
nor any burrs left to avoid damage to the insulation of conductors while pulling them through
such pipes.

b) The Architect, with a view to ensuring that the above provision has been carried out, may
require that the separate lengths of conduit etc. after they have been prepared, shall be
submitted for inspection before being fixed.

Page146
1.9.2 Bends in Conduit

a) All bends in the system may be formed either by bending the pipes by an approved method
of heating, or by inserting suitable accessories such as bends, elbows or similar fittings,
or by fixing non-metallic inspection boxes, whichever is most suitable. Where necessary,
solid type fittings shall be used.
b) Radius of bends in conduit pipes shall not be less than 7.5 cm. No length of conduit shall
have more than the equivalent of four quarter bends from outlet to out-let.
c) Care shall be taken while bending the pipes to ensure that the conduit pipe is not injured, and
that the internal diameter is not effectively reduced.

1.10 Installation-Additional requirements for surface conduit work

a) Conduit pipes shall be fixed by heavy gauge non-metallic saddles with base, secured to
suitable approved plugs with screws in an approved manner, at an interval of not more than
60 cm, but on either side of couplers or bends or similar fittings, saddles shall be fixed at a
closer distance from the centre of such fittings. Slotted PVC saddles may also be used
where the PVC pipe can be pushed in through the slots. The minimum width and thickness
of the ordinary clips or the girder clips for different sizes of conduits shall be as given in
Table-II.
b) Where the conduit pipes are to be laid along the trusses, steel joists etc. the same shall be
secured by means of saddles or girder clips as required by the Architect. Where it is not
possible to use these for fixing, suitable clamps with bolts and nuts shall be used.
c) If the conduit pipes are liable to mechanical damage, they shall be adequately protected.

1.11 Installation-Additional requirements for recessed conduit work

1.11.1 Make Chase

a) The chase in the wall shall be neatly made, and of ample dimensions to permit the conduit to
be fixed in the manner desired.
b) In the case of buildings under construction, the conduits shall be buried in the wall before
plastering, and shall be finished neatly after erection of conduit.
c) In case of exposed brick / rubble masonry work, special care shall be taken to fix the
conduit and accessories in position along with the building work.

1.11.2 Fixing Conduit in Chase

a) The conduit pipe shall be fixed by means of staples, or by means of non-metallic saddles,
placed at not more than 60 cm apart, or shall be fixed by any other approved means of
fixing.
b) At either side of the bends, saddles/staples shall be fixed at a distance of 15 cm from the
centre of the bends.

1.11.3 Erection in RCC work

a) The conduit pipes shall be shall be laid in position and fixed to the steel reinforcement bars
by steel binding wires before the concerting is done. The conduit pipes shall be fixed firmly
to the steel reinforcement bars to avoid their dislocation during pouring of cement concrete
and subsequent taming of the same.
Page147
 b) Fixing of standard bends or elbows shall be avoided as far as practicable, and all curves shall
be maintained by bending the conduit pipe itself with a long radius which will permit easy
drawing in of conductors.
c) Location of inspection/ junction boxes in RCC work should be identified by suitable means
to avoid unnecessary chipping of the RCC slab subsequently to locate these boxes.

1.11.4 Fixing of Inspection Boxes

a) Suitable inspection boxes to the minimum requirement shall be provided to permit

inspection, and to facilitate replacement of wires, if necessary.
b) These shall be mounted flush with the wall or ceiling concrete. Minimum 65 mm depth
junction boxes shall be used in roof slabs and the depth of the boxes in other places shall be
per IS: 2667-1988.
c) Suitable ventilating holes shall be provided in the inspection box covers if directed.

1.12 Under floor Trunking:

1.12.1 Under floor Trunking for convenience outlet points, telephone outlets and computer outlet
points shall be provided as per details given in drawings. Ducts will be manufactured from
GI/MS as mentioned in BOQ with a reinforcing web as per relevant BS or relevant standards
of the country of manufacture.

1.12.2 Triple compartment system for convenience outlets, telephone outlets and computer data
outlets will be provided as specified in the BOQ. Two types of trunking shall be provided,
flush floor system with removable modular covers and removable compartment partitions
and under floor tracks as shown in the drawings or as specified in the BOQ.

1.12.3 Service outlet boxes and junction boxes shall be constructed from same finish as the ducting,
with top frames adjustable for height at each corner. Segregation of compartments of the
ducting shall be maintained through the boxes.

1.12.4 Each service outlet box shall have outlet units as indicated. Segregation shall be provided
between power outlets and telephone outlets, with separate lids and each section shall be
fitted with a cable guard or grommet. The complete assembly shall comply with requirements
of Indian Telecom.

1.12.5 Lids of service outlet boxes and floor ducting shall be of same make unless otherwise
indicated. Lids shall be arranged to accommodate the floor finish as indicated.
1.12.6 Under floor ducting shall be straight and level and adjusted in height to relate to the finished
floor level, as indicated.
1.12.7 Where ducting cross expansion and settlement joints occur in the building structure, suitable
provision shall be made to allow for movement of the structure. The Contractor shall submit
his proposals for the approval of Architect.
1.12.8 Open ends of ducts shall be temporarily plugged immediately after installation to prevent
ingress of water and solid materials. The boxes of under floor ducting shall be fitted with
temporary lids immediately after they are installed and they shall be maintained as effective
protection against ingress of water and solid material until the permanent lids are fitted after
screeding is complete.
Page148
1.12.9 Method to be used for forming fire barriers at fire resistant structural elements such as floors
and walls shall be submitted for the Architect approval.

1.12.10 Installed ducts shall be cleaned internally with a swab before cables are drawn-in.

1.12.11 If the protective finish of ducting is damaged after fixing, the damage shall be made good in
a manner approved by Architect.

1.13 Routes And Segregation:

1.13.1 In case the routes of conduit and ducting are not shown on the drawings, they shall be
determined by the Contractor and approved by Architect before work is started. This
requirement shall apply where the conduit or duct is concealed within the building fabric as
well as where they are on the surface.

1.13.2 Conduit and ducting shall be parallel with lines of building construction and properly aligned
except where conduit is permitted in floor screeds. Conduit buried in wall finishes shall run
vertically only, unless Architect gives approval to deviate from this requirement.

1.13.3 A minimum clearance of 150 mm between conduits shall be allowed from any equipment/
Low current services conduit like Telephone/Computer/CCTV/ pipe work or duct work.
Distance shall be measured from the external surface of any lagging. In event of difficulty in
achieving this requirement, Architect shall be informed.

1.14 Wires:

1.14.1 The type and size of wires shall be as indicated in the BOQ. All the material supplied and
used by the contractor shall be new. Wires shall have copper conductors unless otherwise
specified, and the size shall be as per IS standards unless specified.

1.14.2 All wires shall comply with relevant IS. Type of wire to be used shall be as specified in the
BOQ.

1.14.3 The colour identification of wires shall comply with the IEE wiring regulations for all
category of circuits. Core identification colours shall extend throughout the length of PVC
insulated wires. Core identification for sound distribution or public address systems shall be
in grey colour.

1.14.4 Wires shall be protected throughout their length by trunking, ducting, conduit and equipment
enclosures. Framework or partitions may be used, but only where indicated or with the
approval of Architect.

1.14.5 Wires carrying direct current may, if desired, be bunched whatever their polarity, but wires
carrying alternating current, if installed in metal conduit shall always be bunched so that the
out going and return wires are drawn into the same conduit.

1.14.6 Where the distribution is for single phase loads only, conductors for these phases shall be
drawn in one conduit.

1.14.7 Wires shall comply with relevant IS for LV & ELV circuits.

1.14.8 Where conduits cross expansion and settlement joints in the building structure, suitable
provision shall be made to allow for movement of the structure. The Contractor shall submit
his proposals for the approval of the Architect.
Page149
1.14.9 Conduits entering voids shall terminate not less than 22 mm clear of the building fabric.
Open ends of conduit shall be temporarily plugged immediately after they are installed to
prevent ingress of water and solid materials.

1.14.10 Where wires pass through joints, the number and size of holes shall allow for easy
withdrawal and replacement of cables. The diameter of holes shall not exceed 1/6th the depth
of the joints. They shall be approximately on the centre line and shall be not less than 75 mm
between centers. Joints shall not be notched.

1.14.11 The method to be used for forming fire barriers at fire resistant structural elements such as
floors and walls shall be submitted for the Architect approval.

1.14.12 Where wires enter a metal enclosure, they shall be protected by grommets or secured by
wires clamps.

1.14.13 Wires shall be looped between outlet points and as far as practicable, intermediate joints shall
not be used.

1.14.14 Wires fixed to the surface, except in ducts, shall be protected up to a height of 1500 mm by
high impact PVC channel.

1.14.15 Wires shall have identification sleeves at their terminations.

1.14.16 Identification shall be consistent with the relevant wiring diagrams.

1.15 Switches:

1.15.1 Switches shall be single pole unless otherwise indicated. Their current ratings shall be as
indicated, allowance being made for any inductive or capacitive load.

1.15.2 Wall mounted switches located inside buildings shall have rocker type actuating members
unless otherwise indicated. Where mounted adjacent to one another, they shall be grouped in
a multi gang box with a common front plate.

1.15.3 Pull cord operated switches shall be fixed to white moulded plastic mounting blocks, which
in turn shall be fixed to a circular conduit box. Where the conduit boxes are flush with the
finish, mounting block shall overlap them. Pull cords shall be white or natural colour and the
lower end shall terminate in a moulding of rubber or plastic material.

1.16 Socket Outlets:

1.16.1 Socket outlets shall be of type and rating as indicated. Pilot contacts shall be provided where
indicated.

1.16.2 Socket outlets shall be switched where indicated. On socket outlets rated at 16A and located
inside buildings, the switches shall be single pole and have rocker type actuating members
unless otherwise indicated.

1.16.3 Socket outlets for wet locations shall be provided with covers, which shall be screwed on.
Any cover required to achieve total enclosure and to ensure the required degree of protection
against moisture shall be securely fixed to socket outlet.

1.16.4 Sockets/ Telephone/ TV/ CCTV/ Music / Shaver Socket outlets shall be of the type as
mentioned in the BOQ.
Page150
1.17 Plugs:

1.17.1 ISI marked Plugs shall be provided as indicated. Plug bodies shall be of metal, plastic or
other material as indicated.

1.17.2 Plugs rated at 16A shall be of a non-resilient material unless otherwise indicated.

1.17.3 Fuse plugs shall be fitted with fuses rated as indicated.

1.18 Terminal Blocks:

1.18.1 Conductors shall be clamped between metal surface and no screws shall make direct contact
with conductors.

1.18.2 The design shall be such as to maintain sufficient contact pressure to ensure connections on
negligible impedance at all times.

1.18.3 Metal in contact with conductors shall be 85% copper alloy and any screws shall be of metal
that is electrolytically compatible with the copper alloy. The moulded housing shall be an
insulating material suitable for the maximum operating temperature of the conductor.

1.19 Mounting Heights:

1.19.1 Mounting heights shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated in the drawings, where
decision shall be obtained by contractor before start of work.

1.19.2 Where difficulty in locating accessories or equipment occurs the Architect shall be informed.

1.20 Supports And Fixings:

1.20.1 Support shall be positioned with in 300 mm of each bend and conduit box. Conduit boxes
shall be fixed to fabric of building independent of the conduit. Where the conduit boxes have
a minimum degree of protection of IP44, the fixing shall not reduce that protection.

1.20.2 Conduits shall be fixed in accordance with under mentioned Table. No shot firing shall be
used and no drilling or welding of structural steel work shall be done without the approval of
Architect

1.21 Protective Conductor:

1.21.1 Protective conductor shall be drawn through ducting and non-screwed metallic conduit.

1.21.2 Where live conductors terminate at or loop into terminals adjacent to an appliance or
accessory, the protective conductor shall be terminated. Properly using earth studs, earth
terminal block etc. so the case may be.

1.21.3 A protective conductor shall be installed within each length of steel conduit and connected to
an earthing terminal at each end of the conduit.

Page151
 MOUNTING HEIGHTS (for accessories and equipment)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accessories or Equipment Height (mm)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Lighting Switch 900
Socket outlet
Location:
General 230
Above worktops 100
Telephone outlet 230
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTES:
1. Heights are from finished floor level to the center of the accessory or equipment, except in the case of
worktops when the measurement shall be from the worktop surface.
2. If the specified height of an accessory coincides with the top of tiling, the accessory shall be mounted
above the tiling, leaving a clear gap of 50 mm.
3. Where apparatus is located underneath a worktop, the accessory shall be mounted 100 mm below the
underside of the worktop.
1.22 Outlet Boxes

1.22.1 16 SWG MS/G.I. boxes of the required sizes shall be provided to house the
Switch/sockets/Telephone/TV/Computer outlets as may be required/ mentioned in BOQ.
These shall be so designed that there is ample space at the rear and at the sides to
accommodate conductors at the conduit entries. These shall be completely concealed leaving
edges flush with wall surface unless mentioned otherwise. Should the outlets have mounting
grid plates, adequate supports shall be provided.

1.22.2 Screws and nuts shall be cadmium or zinc electroplated or passivated.

1.23 Draw Boxes/ Inspection Boxes

1.23.1 16 SWG Mild Steel/GI draw/inspection boxes of adequate dimensions minimum size 75 mm
x 75 mm shall be provided at convenient points on walls to facilitate long runs of conductors.
They will be completely concealed with 3 mm Perspex/ hylam covers flush with plate work.
These boxes will, as far as possible, be located where found suitable by the Architect.

1.24 Protection Of Conduits

1.24.1 To safeguard against filling up with plaster etc. all the outlet and switch boxes will be
provided with temporary covers and plugs within the tendered cost which shall be replaced
by sheet / plate covers as required. All screwed and socketed joints shall be made fully water
tight by the use of white lead for steel conduits.

1.25 Cleaning of Conduit Runs

1.25.1 The entire conduit system including outlets and boxes shall be thoroughly cleaned after
completion of erection and before drawing in of cables.

1.26 Laying Of Dummy Conduit

1.26.1 The dummy conduits shall be the same as conduits for Electrical work and as specified
before. The minimum size shall be 20 mm dia. Junction boxes shall be provided at distance
not exceeding 10 m. The Contractor must make such modifications as the system designer /
manufacturer desires in consultation with the Owners / Architect s. These conduits shall be
provided with steel draw boxes of at least 14 SWG.
Page152
1.27 Fish Wires

1.27.1 To facilitate drawing of wiring through conduits/ G.I / Steel pipes etc., G.I. fish wire of 14
SWG, wherever needed, shall be provided along with recessed conduit / pipes, without any
extra cost.

TABLE CONDUIT FIXING

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Fixing of Conduit
Location Type of fixing_______
Floor screeds Saddles
Buried in plaster
or render Crampets or saddles
Above false ceilings Spacer bar saddles
Surface Distance Saddles
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2. Fixing of Saddles, Conduit Boxes
Building Fabric Type of fixing__________
Structural steelwork Purpose made clamps
(type to be approved by Architect)
Non-Structural steelwork Sets screws and nuts.

Concrete, brick or Blocks Fiber plugs & screws

Hollow blocks & pot Butterfly spring toggle bolts

Floors or gravity bolts.

Timber Wood screws

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Page153
 Table –I

Maximum number of PVC insulated 650/1100 V Grade Aluminium/Copper conductor

cable conforming to IS:694/1990
Nominal Cross
sectional area
of cond. in sq. 20mm 25mm 32mm 38mm 51mm 64mm
mm
S B S B S B S B S B S B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1.5 5 4 10 8 18 12 - - - - - -
2.5 5 3 8 6 12 10 - - - - - -
4 3 2 6 5 10 8 - - - - - -
6 2 - 5 4 8 7 - - - - - -
10 2 - 4 3 6 5 8 6 - - - -
16 - - 2 2 3 3 6 5 10 7 12 8
25 - - - - 3 2 5 3 8 6 9 7
35 - - - - - - 3 2 6 5 8 6
50 - - - - - - - - 5 3 6 5
70 - - - - - - - - 4 3 5 4
NOTE:-

1. The above table shows the maximum capacity of conduits for a simultaneous drawing in
of cable.
2. The columns headed ‘S’ apply to runs of conduits which have distance not exceeding
4.25 m between draw in boxes and which do not deflect from the straight by an angle
of more than 15 degrees. The columns headed ‘B’ apply to runs of conduit which deflect
from The straight by an abnle of more than 15 degrees.
3. Conduit sizes are the nominal external diameters.

TABLE-II
Girder Clips or Clamps
S.NO. Size of conduit Width Thickness
1 20 mm 19mm 0.9mm (20 SWG)
2 25 mm 19mm 0.9mm (20 SWG)
3 32 mm & above 25mm 1.2mm (18 SWG)

Page154
 TABLE-III

Dimensional details of rigid non-metallic conduits. (All dimensions in mm)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

S.No. Nominal Maximum Minimum Maximum Maximum

Outside outside- inside- permissible permissible

diameter diameter diameter eccentricity ovality

(in mm.) (in mm.) (in mm.) (in mm.) (in mm.)

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. 20 20+0.3 17.2 0.2 0.5

2. 25 25+0.3 21.6 0.2 0.5

3. 32 32+0.3 28.2 0.2 0.5

4. 40 40+0.3 35.8 0.2 0.5

5. 50 50+0.3 45.0 0.4 0.6

Page155
2.0 MCB DISTRIBUTION BOARDS:

2.1 Scope:

2.1.1 The scope of this section covers Supply, installation, testing and commissioning of Miniature
circuit breaker boards and Miniature Circuit breakers. Miniature circuit breaker boards shall
comply with BS 5486 part 12 a clause 2.2 and 2.3. They shall have a fault withstand
classification of class 1 unless otherwise indicated.

2.2 MCB Distribution Boards

2.2.1 These distribution boards shall be used for control of all lighting/power circuits and shall
consist of single / double / Triple Pole / triple pole and neutral / four pole miniature circuit
breakers mounted in double cover design, dust tight, heavy gauge sheet steel enclosures
preferably zinc coated with powder coating finish.

2.2.2 Distribution Boards shall be flush or surface pattern according to the requirements of their
location and shall incorporate isolators / MCB and circuit switches as specified in bill of
quantities.

2.2.3 All MCBs shall be connected to the electrolytic copper busbars with direct bolted
connections.

2.2.4 Earthing bar and neutral bars shall be provided having sufficient ways to enable each cable to
be connected to a separate terminal. Neutral connections shall be corresponding in position to
phase connections.

2.2.5 Distribution boards shall have phase barriers and PVC ducts for all interior wiring. All
distribution boards shall have removable end plates at top and bottom and handles with
provision for locking.

2.2.6 Phase barriers shall be provided in the 3-phase distribution Boards.

2.2.7 In TP&N distribution boards, neutral busbars shall have one outgoing terminal for each
outgoing circuit.

2.2.8 Size of SDB shall be selected to cater to extra space on the bus for mounting ELCBs in
addition to number of outgoing MCBs specified in the BOQ.

2.2.9 A multi-terminal bar for the circuit protective conductors shall be provided for both insulated
and metal cased boards, with one terminal for each outgoing circuit. It shall be directly
connected to the earthing terminal without dependence on the exposed conductive parts of
the enclosure.

2.2.10 Identification of each MCB way shall be by numbering. Identification in the neutral busbar
and protective conductor bar shall clearly relate each terminal to its respective MCB way.

2.2.11 Spare MCB ways shall be provided as indicated in BOQ. Where specific ratings are
indicated, MCB shall be incorporated otherwise the ways shall be left blank but suitable for
future additions. Suitable number of blanking plates shall be fixed in the DB if the space for
MCB is left blank.

Page156
2.2.12 A separate Junction box of min. height of 150 mm shall be provided for extra lengths of
outgoing circuit wires on Top/Bottom (as required) to avoid jumbling of wires within the
main section of SDB. The junction box will be properly earthed alongwith the SDB.

2.2.13 MCB DBs shall be factory fabricated of reputed manufacture and the make shall be as
specified in BOQ/ List of approval.

2.3 Miniature Circuit Breakers

2.3.1 Miniature circuit breakers shall be designed and tested strictly in accordance with the
relevant parts of Indian standards and shall consist of spring accelerated quick-make and
quick break action mechanism fitted in moulded cases of high di-electric strength plastic or
urea. Fixed and moving contacts shall have silver tungsten contacts.

2.3.2 Miniature circuit breakers used shall be of “B” Series for Normal lighting circuits and
Normal Power/Geyser Loads. For AC loads, Tungsten lamps fittings, Sodium/Mercury
Discharge lamps “C” Series shall be used unless otherwise specified.

2.3.3 Miniature circuit breakers shall have a minimum breaking capacity of 10 KA at 415 V unless
otherwise specified.

2.3.4 Make of MCB shall be as specified in the BOQ / List of approved makes.

2.4 ELCBs

2.4.1 ELCBs shall be designed and tested strictly in accordance with the relevant parts of Indian
standards. Fixed and moving contacts shall have silver tungsten contacts.

2.4.2 ELCBs used shall be of Rating and sensitivity as specified in the BOQ.

2.4.3 ELCBs shall have a breaking capacity of 10 KA at 415 V and shall be ordinarily be for Earth
Leakage protection unless otherwise specified.

2.4.4 Make of ELCB shall be as specified in BOQ/ List of approved makes.

Page157
3.0 LUMINAIRES AND LAMPS:

3.1 Scope:

3.1.1 The scope of this section comprises of Supply, erection, testing and commissioning of
lighting fixtures for internal lighting, wherever required, of the specified models.

3.1.2 Without restricting to the generality of the foregoing, this section shall include luminaries,
lamps and accessories necessary and required for the installation.

3.1.3 Whether specifically mentioned or not, the luminaries and lamps shall be provided with all
fixing devices, terminal blocks, holders etc. as required.

3.2 General Requirements:

3.2.1 All the luminaries and lamps shall be of best quality and as per approved makes. Wherever
alternative makes are specified the choice of selection shall remain with the Architect.

3.2.2 The luminaries and lamps shall be fixed in a neat work man like manner, true to level and in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

3.2.3 The luminaries and lamps shall be provided with such accessories as are required to complete
the item in working condition whether specifically mentioned in the specifications, drawings
or not.

3.3 Luminaries:

3.3.1 Luminaries shall comply with relevant IS.

3.3.2 Unless otherwise indicated, enclosure of luminaries shall provide a minimum degree of
protection of IP20 when located within buildings and IP 44 when located outside buildings,
but luminaries mounted externally; and less than 2 M above finished ground or paved level
shall be IP 54 unless specified in BOQ.

3.3.3 Unless otherwise indicated, luminaries, both with and without built-in ballast or transformers
shall be suitable for direct mounting on normally flammable surface.

3.3.4 Where specific requirements related to flame propagation and flammability of translucent
covers are indicated, certificates of tests shall be submitted to the Architect. The tests shall
comply with relevant IS.

3.3.5 Terminal blocks for connection of the supply cables shall be of adequate size for the size of
conductors forming the loop in wiring unless separate tails are required. Wherever indicated,
the terminal block shall incorporate a fuse of suitable type and rating.

3.3.6 Ballasts for tubular fluorescent lamps shall have a maximum value of harmonics complying
with the colour headed “without H Marking" in Table VII of BS 288. Power factor correction
shall be provided and this shall not be less than 0.85 lagging unless otherwise indicated.

3.3.7 Translucent covers and reflective surfaces shall be clean at the completion of the works.

3.4 Lamps:

Page158
3.4.1 Lamps shall be of the type and ratings as indicated.

3.4.2 All lamps shall be supplied and installed by the contractor unless otherwise directed.

3.4.3 Lamp caps shall be suitable for the lamp holders listed socket by means of a locking ring.

3.5 Support and Fixings:

3.5.1 Where fluorescent luminaries 1200 mm or more in length are supported directly by the
conduit system, they shall be fixed to two circular conduit boxes both of which shall form an
integral part of the conduit system.

3.5.2 Where the weight of a luminaire is supported by a conduit box or cable trunking, the fixing
of the conduit box or trunking shall be adequate for the purpose and approved by Architect.

3.5.3 Luminaires fitted with tungsten filament lamps and having metal back plates shall not be
fixed directly to conduit box in which thermoplastic material is the principal load bearing
member.

3.5.4 Support of luminaires from cable trunking shall be by means of proprietary clamps or
brackets.

3.5.5 Where luminaries are supported from the structure other than by the conduit system, the
supports shall be adequate for the purpose and approved by Architect.

3.5.6 Luminaires mounted on or recessed into suspended ceilings shall not support luminaires
unless specifically shown and approved.

3.5.7 For wall mounted luminaires, the mounting height shall be 1900 mm above finished floor
level, measured to the center of the conduit box, unless otherwise indicated.

3.6 Wiring Connections:

3.6.1 Where luminaires, are fixed at places other than circular conduit boxes or are supported by
pedants or chains, the final circuit wiring shall terminate at a terminal block in the conduit
box.

3.6.2 Where luminaires having fluorescent tubes are fixed direct to circular conduit boxes, the final
circuit wiring may be terminated within the luminaire unless otherwise indicated. The wiring
shall enter each luminaire at the conduit entry nearest to the terminal block and where a loop
in wiring system is used, leave by the same entry; wiring shall not pass through a luminaire
unless the approval of the Architect.

3.6.3 Where luminaires are mounted on or recessed into a suspended ceiling, connection shall be
by flexible cord from a plug-in ceiling rose unless otherwise indicated. The plug-in ceiling
rose shall be located not more than 500 mm from the access in the ceiling and shall be firmly
supported, unless otherwise approved by the Architect.

3.6.4 Cables and flexible cords for final connections to luminaries shall be suitable for the
operating temperature of the luminaire.

3.6.5 The size of final connection cables or flexible cords shall be as indicated.
Page159
3.6.6 Cables and cords passing close to a ballast within a luminaire shall be suitable for the
operating temperature of the ballast.
3.6.7 A protective conductor shall connect the earthing terminal or earthing contact of each
luminaire to an earthing terminal incorporated in the adjacent conduit box. Where the final
connection is by flexible cord, the protective conductor shall form part of the cord.

EARTHING:

4.1 Scope:

4.1.1 The scope of this section covers supply installation and testing of earthing system for all non-
current carrying metal parts of electrical installation.

4.1.2 The type and number of earth electrodes shall be as indicated and shall comply with clauses as
appropriate.

4.1.3 Dedicated earthing shall be provided for the Server Room equipments.

4.2 Earthing System & Equipment Bonding:

4.2.1 Unless otherwise indicated, earth plates shall be 600 mm x 600 mm minimum, of solid or lattice
copper not less than 3.15 mm thick and of GI not less than 6.3 mm.

4.2.2 Earthing system shall comprise of earth electrode near sub-station. Test link boxes shall be
provided at each electrode for periodical resistance measurement. All such earth electrodes shall
be interconnected forming a main grid.

4.2.3 Where the earth electrodes are formed with tape, the tape shall be to relevant IS, of the size,
length, depth below ground level and layout as indicated.

4.3 Conductors:

4.3.1 Earthing conductors, main earthing bars and main equi-potential bonding conductors shall be of
the type, size and conductor material as indicated and shall comply with the following clauses.

4.3.2 Tapes shall comply with relevant IS. Where used to interconnect copper electrodes the tape may
be bare, but for interconnecting pipe electrodes and for all other purposes the tap shall have an
extruded PVC sheath.

4.3.3 Main earthing bars shall comply with IS 3043 and shall be bare.

4.3.4 Cables shall comply with IS 3043, without sheath, unless otherwise indicated.

4.4 Joints And Connections:

4.4.1 Joints in conductors shall be kept to a minimum.

4.4.2 All contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and coated with an anti-corrosive electrical
jointing compound suitable for the conductor materials. For bi-mettallic joints, a separate
abrasive shall be used to clean each metal.

4.4.3 Connections shall be made as follows:

Page160
 to main earthing bars by phosphor bronze set screws and nuts;

to earth rods by bronze, gunmetal or copper clamps with phosphor bronze. Edges of clamps
shall be rounded;

to earth pipes by phosphor bronze bolts and nuts, direct to the flange of the pipe;

to earth plates by bolting, rivetting or welding.

4.4.4 Termination of cables shall be by connectors jointed to the cable conductor by the thermit
welding process or by compression joints complying with BS 4579.

4.4.5 Joints which are indicated as test points shall be bolted or clamped. Joints in tape, other than at
test points shall be made by the reveting and sweating. Overlap of conductors shall be not less
than 100 mm.

4.4.6 Joints and connections shall be protected by a coating which will form a seal and exclude
moisture in all weather conditions. At connections to earth electrodes, the coating shall cover all
exposed conductors and in the case of earth pipes, to top surface of the flanges. Protective
coatings shall be of a waterproof, inert, tenacious material and of one of the following forms:

a) solvent cutback thixotropic corrosion preventative forming a film of resilient matt petroleum
wax;

b) a fast drying durable rubberised sprayed coating;

c) a heat shrink clear sheathing

4.4.7 Screws, nuts, washers and rivets for copper conductors shall be of phosphor bronze, naval brass
or copper silicon; for aluminium conductors, they shall be of stainless steel. The minimum
provision shall be

a) for flat strip--- two M8 bolts or four 5 mm diameter rivets;

b) for sheet metal--two M8 bolts; where the sheet metal is less than 2 mm thick, it shall be
backed for an area of at least 1000 mm2.

4.5 Inspection Pits:

4.5.1 Unless otherwise indicated, connection between an earth conductor and its associated earth
electrode system shall be in an enclosure.

4.5.2 The enclosure shall have a removable top cover which shall be flush with finished ground level.
The enclosure shall be a purpose made concrete inspection pit, a galvanised steel inspection pit
embedded in concrete, an earthenware pipe or similar, as indicated. The earth electrode
connection shall be just below the lid of the inspection pit with adequate access for testing
purposes.

4.6 Supports And Fixings:

4.6.1 Cables shall be supported and fixed in accordance with Section Cable laying.

Page161
4.6.2 Tapes and bars shall be fixed by spacer bar saddles which shall be of non-metallic material or
corrosion resistant alloy compatible with the conductors. Fixing of saddles shall comply with
relevant clauses in Cable Laying section. The maximum spacing off fixings shall not exceed 600
mm unless otherwise indicated.

4.6.3 Main earthing bars shall be supported on insulators; they shall be not less then 25 mm clear of
the building fabric.

4.6.4 For general areas inside buildings, screws and nuts shall be of cadmium electroplated steel or
stainless steel; outside buildings, in plant rooms or other locations as indicated, they shall be of
stainless steel.

4.6.5 No shot firing shall be used and no drilling or welding structural steelwork shall be done without
the approval of the Architect.

4.7 Installation:

4.7.1 Electrodes shall be installed in undisturbed ground. The distance between any two electrodes
shall be not less than 1.25 times the depth of the longer electrode.

4.7.2 Excavations shall be carried out in accordance with BS 6031 and shall comply with the
construction (General Provisions) Regulations, 1961. Excavations shall be kept free of water and
protected against damage or collapse. The safety of persons and the protection of structures,
buildings, roads, sewers and services from damage shall be ensured; all necessary sheeting,
timbering, strutting and shoring shall be supplied, erected and subsequently removed.

4.7.3 Trenches shall be backfilled in layers and each layer shall be rammed. The first two layers shall
be 100 mm deep and rammed by hand the remaining layers shall be not more than 200 mm deep
and power ramming may be used. Warning tapes and covers shall be included as specified in
relevant clauses in Cable laying section. Where applicable, top soil and turf shall be replaced and
the final level shall be level with or not more than 25 mm above the adjacent ground level.

4.7.4 The earth resistance should be less than 2.0 Ohms. Earth Pits shall be treated with salt, charcoal
/chemicals to be achieve the required result.

Page162
5.0 INSPECTION AND TESTING:
5.1 General:

5.1.1 Inspection and testing shall be done in accordance with the IEE Wiring Regulations, the
requirements of this Section and as indicated.

5.1.2 Inspection shall include a physical check that all equipment has been securely fixed and that all
electrical connections are mechanically sound.

5.1.3 In addition to the test at the completion of each installation, certain tests shall be done during the
progress of the Works as required by relevant clauses of these specifications.

5.2 Information:

5.2.1 For equipment supplied under the contract, the Contractor shall obtain from manufacturers the
time/current characteristics of all protective devices for automatic disconnection of supply and
provide copies to the Architect and to the person or persons carrying out the inspection and
testing, in addition to meeting the requirements of clause.

5.3 Testing Methods:

5.3.1 The Architect shall be notified of the method to be used for each type of test and the notification
shall be given not less than 28 days before the final tests are to be made. The tests shall be
carried out in accordance with the methods set out in the IEE Wiring Regulations, subject to the
requirements of following clauses.

5.3.2 For testing, continuity of protective conductors and equi-potential bonding AC source shall be
used unless the Architect agrees otherwise.

5.3.3 The method used to verify the effectiveness of the protection afforded by a residual current-
operated device shall give the operating time and the current used shall not exceed 100% of the
nominal setting of the device. For a fault voltage operated device, the test voltage between the
exposed conductive part and earth shall not exceed 50 volts. In addition to the tests simulating an
appropriate fault condition, any test facility incorporated in the device shall be operated to test its
effectiveness.

5.3.4 High Voltage tests on LV cables and factor assemblies shall comply with the requirements for
site testing in the appropriate British Standards.

5.3.5 Alternative methods to those set out in the IEE Wiring Regulations may be proposed for the
approval of the Architect, but they shall be not less effective than those in the Regulations.

5.3.6 Where necessary to prevent damage to components of equipment, the equipment shall be
disconnected for the duration of the relevant tests.
5.4 Power Cables:
5.4.1 Tests shall be made immediately on completion of the installation of power cables to
demonstrate that the phase sequence is correct at all end connections.
5.4.2 Where indicated, LV cables shall be tested at high voltage in accordance with these
specifications.
5.4.3 LV cables not required to be high voltage tested, shall be tested for insulation resistance as soon
as their installation is complete. The test voltage shall be 500V DC for installations rated up to
500V and 1000V Dc for installations rated up to 1000V. Tests shall cover all permutations
between each conductor, screen, metallic sheath, armour and earth.
Page163
5.4.4 The over sheaths of cables laid underground shall be given a voltage withstand test after
backfilling of the trenches is complete but before termination.

5.5 Control And Communication Cables:

5.5.1 Cables shall be tested as soon as their installation is complete to ensure that the cores are
continuous and they have not been crossed and the insulation resistance is satisfactory. Insulation
tests shall cover all permutations between each conductor, screen, metallic sheath, armour and
earth.

5.5.2 For polyethylene and dry paper-insulated communications cables, the insulation resistance for
each conductor shall be not less than 1500 L mega ohms, where L is the cable length in
Kilometres. The measured resistance of each conductor shall not exceed the calculated resistance
by more than 5%; the calculated value will be made available by the Architect.

5.6 Conduit And Trunking:

5.6.1 Where conduit is cast in situ in reinforced concrete, it shall be checked for freedom from
blockage and steel conduit shall be tested for electrical continuity as soon as the shuttering has
been removed.

5.6.2 Steel conduit and bus duct systems shall be inspected and tested before any wiring is installed;
under floor ducting shall be inspected and tested before screeding.

5.7 Earth Electrodes:

5.7.1 The resistance of each earth electrode, whether for earthing of protective conductors, lightning
protection or an electrical system, shall be checked immediately after installation of the
electrodes and the results submitted to the Architect.

5.8 Earth Fault loop impedances:

5.8.1 The measured earth fault loop impedance for each circuit shall be checked against the maximum
value as indicated.

5.8.1 Where the maximum value is exceeded the Architect shall be informed.

5.9 Records And Certificates:

5.9.1 Inspection and test results shall be recorded on the forms provided by the Authority. Two copies
shall be submitted to the Architect within 7 days of each test.

5.9.2 When all inspections and tests results are satisfactory, a Completion Certificate and an Inspection
certificate shall be given to the Architect not later than the date of completion of the works. The
certificates shall be given in the form laid down in the IEE Wiring Regulations for electrical
installations and BS 5266 for emergency lighting systems.

5.9.3 The values of prospective short-circuit current and earth fault loop impendence at the origin of
the installation shall be recorded on the Inspection certificates.

DRAWINGS AND DOCUMENTS BY CONTRACTOR:

5.10 Extent of Provision:

Page164
 Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall provide the shop drawings and documents
specified these specifications.

General layout drawings shall be drawn to a scale of 1:50 and detailed layout assembly drawings
to a scale of 1:20. If more details is necessary scales of 1:10, 1:2 and 1:1 may be used.

The numbers of sets of drawings and documents to be supplied shall be as indicated.

Shop Drawings And Documents:

Shop drawings and documents including diagrams and schedules shall show the details of the
Contractor's proposals for the execution of the works and shall include everything necessary for
the following purposes:

a). To illustrate in details, the arrangement of the various sections of the works and to identify
the various components;

b). To integrate the works with the detail of the building and other installations.

5.10.1 Shop drawings shall include:

a. General layout drawings showing the location of all equipment including cable; cable tray,
conduit ducting and earth electrodes;

b. Detailed layout drawings showing the location of all equipment including cable, cable tray,
conduit and ducting in switch rooms and plant rooms;

c. Assembly drawings of factory Built equipment and site built assemblies;

d. Detailed layout drawings showing the connection of cable and conduit to equipment;

e. Detailed layout drawings showing the connections through ceiling voids and vertical shafts;

f. System diagrams, circuit diagrams and wiring diagrams for all installations and equipment.

5.10.2 Diagrams shall comply with relevant IS. Interconnection diagrams shall indicate the type of
cable, conductor size and terminal numbering.

5.11 Builder's Work Drawings:

5.11.1 Builder's work drawings shall show fully dimension details of all builders work required in
connection with the works together with the overall size and weight of equipment.

5.11.2 Where the Architect agrees, holes may be marked out on site instead of being shown on
drawings.

5.12 As Built Drawings:

5.12.1 As-built drawings, including diagrams and schedules shall show all the information necessary so
that each installation can be operated, maintained, inspected and tested so as to prevent danger,
as far as is reasonably practicable. They shall incorporate the information necessary for the
identification of the devices performing the functions of protection, isolation and switching, and
Page165
 their locations. The value of prospective short-circuit current and earth fault loop impedance at
the origin of the installation shall be recorded on the appropriate system diagram. Final bill will
be accepted once as built drawings are submitted along with final bill in soft copy and hard copy.

5.12.2 Circuit details including loading, route, destination and where buried, the depth below finished
ground level shall be shown for each cable, conduit, and ducting. Conductor size and material
and the type of insulation of all cables shall be shown together with the number of cores in each
cable, the number of cables in each conduit, trunking or ducting. Where identification is by
colour of insulation or sheath, this shall be shown. Joints and draw boxes shall be shown.

5.12.3 Where incoming supply cables are installed by others, they shall also be shown as described
above.

5.12.4 Drawings shall indicate whether conduit or ducting is surface mounted, concealed in ceiling,
spaces in wall chases, in floor screeds or cast in mtu.

5.12.5 All earthing conductors, main equi-potential bounding conductors, main earthing terminal or
protective conductors and supplementary equi-potential bonding conductor shall be identified
with function, origin route, destination, conductor size and material, type of insulation and where
buried, the depth below finished ground level test points shall be indicated.

5.12.6 Earth electrodes shall be identified to their types, dimensions, material and depth below finished
ground level. The nature of the soil and any treatment that has been given to it or special fill that
has been used in the installation shall be identified

5.12.7 Details of each item of equipment including luminaires shall include electrical characteristics,
classification, degree of protection against ingress of solids and liquids, class of protection
against corrosion and manufacturer's name and reference.

5.12.8 Diagrams shall comply with relevant clauses of these specifications and they shall be
supplemented with physical arrangement drawings to assist the location and identification of
component parts of equipment.

5.12.9 During the course of the works, the contractor shall maintain a fully detailed record of all
changes to ensure that the as-installed drawings are in all respects accurate.

5.12.10 Each drawing shall be in accordance with relevant IS to ensure suitability for micro-filming and
shall be on durable translucent material, other than paper, of a standard size AO to A4 in
accordance with relevant IS. The words 'AS-BUILT' shall be place in 19 mm block letters
adjacent to the title block of each drawing together with the name of the site and the section of
the works, the title of the installation, the date of completion of the works, the Authority's
contract number and the name of the Contractor.

5.12.11 A draft of each as built drawing shall be submitted to the Architect before final issue is made.

5.13 Maintenance and Operating Instructions:

Page166
5.13.1 For each electrical installation, system and individual equipment forming part of the works, the
maintenance and operating instructions shall include:

a) A description of the extent and manner of operation, including duration periods of standby
systems;
b) A description of the method used for compliance with Regulation 413-3 of the IEE wiring
Regulations together with time/current characteristics for all protective devices or automatic
disconnection of supply.

c) Copy of the inspection certificate and all the test records.

d) A copy of any certificates of compliance with relevant standards or schemes as may be

required.

e) Comprehensive instructions for the switching on, operation, switching off and isolation, and
for dealing with emergency conditions.

f) Instructions for any precautionary measures necessary.

g) Instructions for servicing, including frequency and materials to be used, to maintain the
equipment in good and safe condition.

h) The names and addresses of suppliers of all major components together with the type and
model reference, serial number, duty rating and the order number and date.

5.13.2 Maintenance and operating instructions shall be indexed and contained in ring binders with stiff
covers. The name of the site and the Authority's contract number shall be printed on the front and
spine with, where more than one volume is necessary, a suitable identification title. The date of
completion of the works shall be included on a flyleaf.

5.13.3 Copies of manufacturer's data may be incorporated to supplement the descriptions and
instructions required in relevant clause but shall not replace them. Only data relevant to the
works shall be included. Where non relevant data appears on the same sheet, it shall be cleared
marked to show that it is not applicable. The data shall be cross referenced within the text and
included in the index; if possible, it shall be contained in the ring binders, but where this is not
possible, suitably protected box files or folder shall be provided, identified in accordance with
relevant clause.

5.13.4 A draft of the maintenance and operating instruction shall be submitted to the Architect before
the final documents are issued.

Page167
LIST OF APPROVED MAKES
OF ELECTRICAL WORKS

Page168
 LIST OF APPROVED MAKES
S. No. Detail of Materials Manufacturer's Name
(A) INTERNAL WIRING:

1.0 PVC Conduit BEC / AKG / Polycab

2.0 Conduit Accessories As per conduit

3.0 MS Conduit and Conduit Accessories BEC / AKG / AGL

3.0 PVC Insulated FRLS Copper Conductor Finolex / Havell's / RR Kabel / Polycab
wire

4.0 PVC Insulated FR Copper Conductor wire Finolex / Havell's/ RR Kabel / Polycab

5.0 Modular type Switches / Sockets / Boxes / Crab Tree / Clipsal / Legrand. / ABB / Seimens
Modular Cover plates / Fan regulators /
Call Bell / Buzzers / G.I. / MS Boxes

6.0 Piano Type North-west / Anchor / Vinay / CPL

a) Piano type Switches / Sockets / Fan North-west / Anchor / Vinay / CPL

regulators / Call Bell / Buzzers

b) Phenolic laminated bakelite sheet Formica / Hylam

7.0 ACB/MCCB/MCB / ELCB / Double Door Legrand- Lexic / L&T/ ABB/ Siemens/ Schneider
Distribution Board

8.0 Industrial / Weather Proof Sockets Legrand- Lexic / L&T / ABB / Siemens/ Schneider

9.0 Cable Tray / Under floor channels / Rico Steel / Pilco / Slotco / Sunlight/As approved
Trunking channels

10.0 Indoor Light Fixtures Philips / Crompton Greaves/ GE/ Bajaj/ Wipro

11.0 Decorative Light Fixtures-Indoor / outoor Ankur / Artlite / Reiz

12.0 Lamps / FTL & CFL Philips / Osram

13.0 Aviation Obstruction Lights Bajaj / GE / Wipro

14.0 Ceiling fans Crompton Greaves / Khaitan / Bajaj / Usha / Havell's

15.0 Exhaust Fans Almonard / Crompton Greaves / Havell's

16.0 Wall Mount fans Almonard / Crompton Greaves / Havell's

17.0 Storage Water Heaters Spherehot / Racold / Venus

Page169